with '#' will be ignored, and an empty message aborts the commit.
On branch master
Changes to be committed:
new file: bin/ARM64MAC64/Display2
new file: bin/ARM64MAC64/ctfDisplay
new file: bin/cjpeg
new file: bin/djpeg
new file: bin/jpegtran
new file: bin/rdjpgcom
new file: bin/tclsh8.6
new file: bin/wish8.6
new file: bin/wrjpgcom
new file: include/compat/dirent.h
new file: include/compat/dirent2.h
new file: include/compat/dlfcn.h
new file: include/compat/fake-rfc2553.h
new file: include/compat/float.h
new file: include/compat/limits.h
new file: include/compat/stdlib.h
new file: include/compat/string.h
new file: include/compat/unistd.h
new file: include/jconfig.h
new file: include/jerror.h
new file: include/jmorecfg.h
new file: include/jpeglib.h
modified: include/tclDecls.h
new file: include/tclIntDecls.h
new file: include/tclPort.h
new file: include/tclUnixPort.h
modified: lib/itcl4.0.3/libitcl4.0.3.dylib
modified: lib/itcl4.0.3/libitclstub4.0.3.a
modified: lib/libBLT25.a
modified: lib/libBLTlite25.a
new file: lib/libjpeg.9.dylib
new file: lib/libjpeg.a
new file: lib/libjpeg.dylib
new file: lib/libjpeg.la
new file: lib/libtcl8.6.dylib
modified: lib/libtclstub8.6.a
modified: lib/libtk8.6.dylib
modified: lib/libtkstub8.6.a
new file: lib/pkgconfig/libjpeg.pc
modified: lib/sqlite3.8.8.3/libsqlite3.8.8.3.dylib
modified: lib/tdbc1.0.3/libtdbc1.0.3.dylib
modified: lib/tdbc1.0.3/libtdbcstub1.0.3.a
modified: lib/tdbcmysql1.0.3/libtdbcmysql1.0.3.dylib
modified: lib/tdbcodbc1.0.3/libtdbcodbc1.0.3.dylib
modified: lib/tdbcpostgres1.0.3/libtdbcpostgres1.0.3.dylib
modified: lib/thread2.7.2/libthread2.7.2.dylib
modified: lib/tkConfig.sh
modified: man/mann/bitmap.n
modified: man/mann/busy.n
new file: share/man/man1/cjpeg.1
new file: share/man/man1/djpeg.1
new file: share/man/man1/jpegtran.1
new file: share/man/man1/rdjpgcom.1
new file: share/man/man1/wrjpgcom.1
modified: src/Tools/Integration/Display2/src/ARM64MAC64/.Depend
new file: src/Tools/Integration/Display2/src/ARM64MAC64/Display2
modified: src/Tools/Integration/ctfDisplay/src/ARM64MAC64/.Depend
modified: src/Tools/Integration/ctfDisplay/src/ARM64MAC64/argCheck.o
new file: src/Tools/Integration/ctfDisplay/src/ARM64MAC64/ctfDisplay
modified: src/Tools/Integration/ctfDisplay/src/ARM64MAC64/ctfDisplay.o
modified: src/Tools/Integration/ctfDisplay/src/ARM64MAC64/init.o
modified: src/Tools/Integration/ctfDisplay/src/ARM64MAC64/usage.o
modified: src/Tools/Integration/ctfDisplay/src/ARM64MAC64/util.o
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * dirent.h --
+ *
+ * This file is a replacement for <dirent.h> in systems that
+ * support the old BSD-style <sys/dir.h> with a "struct direct".
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DIRENT
+#define _DIRENT
+
+#include <sys/dir.h>
+
+#define dirent direct
+
+#endif /* _DIRENT */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * dirent.h --
+ *
+ * Declarations of a library of directory-reading procedures
+ * in the POSIX style ("struct dirent").
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DIRENT
+#define _DIRENT
+
+/*
+ * Dirent structure, which holds information about a single
+ * directory entry.
+ */
+
+#define MAXNAMLEN 255
+#define DIRBLKSIZ 512
+
+struct dirent {
+ long d_ino; /* Inode number of entry */
+ short d_reclen; /* Length of this record */
+ short d_namlen; /* Length of string in d_name */
+ char d_name[MAXNAMLEN + 1]; /* Name must be no longer than this */
+};
+
+/*
+ * State that keeps track of the reading of a directory (clients
+ * should never look inside this structure; the fields should
+ * only be accessed by the library procedures).
+ */
+
+typedef struct _dirdesc {
+ int dd_fd;
+ long dd_loc;
+ long dd_size;
+ char dd_buf[DIRBLKSIZ];
+} DIR;
+
+/*
+ * Procedures defined for reading directories:
+ */
+
+extern void closedir (DIR *dirp);
+extern DIR * opendir (char *name);
+extern struct dirent * readdir (DIR *dirp);
+
+#endif /* _DIRENT */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * dlfcn.h --
+ *
+ * This file provides a replacement for the header file "dlfcn.h"
+ * on systems where dlfcn.h is missing. It's primary use is for
+ * AIX, where Tcl emulates the dl library.
+ *
+ * This file is subject to the following copyright notice, which is
+ * different from the notice used elsewhere in Tcl but rougly
+ * equivalent in meaning.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1992,1993,1995,1996, Jens-Uwe Mager, Helios Software GmbH
+ * Not derived from licensed software.
+ *
+ * Permission is granted to freely use, copy, modify, and redistribute
+ * this software, provided that the author is not construed to be liable
+ * for any results of using the software, alterations are clearly marked
+ * as such, and this notice is not modified.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This is an unpublished work copyright (c) 1992 HELIOS Software GmbH
+ * 30159 Hannover, Germany
+ */
+
+#ifndef __dlfcn_h__
+#define __dlfcn_h__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Mode flags for the dlopen routine.
+ */
+#define RTLD_LAZY 1 /* lazy function call binding */
+#define RTLD_NOW 2 /* immediate function call binding */
+#define RTLD_GLOBAL 0x100 /* allow symbols to be global */
+
+/*
+ * To be able to intialize, a library may provide a dl_info structure
+ * that contains functions to be called to initialize and terminate.
+ */
+struct dl_info {
+ void (*init) (void);
+ void (*fini) (void);
+};
+
+void *dlopen (const char *path, int mode);
+void *dlsym (void *handle, const char *symbol);
+char *dlerror (void);
+int dlclose (void *handle);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __dlfcn_h__ */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Damien Miller. All rights reserved.
+ * Copyright (C) 1999 WIDE Project. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the project nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE PROJECT AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE PROJECT OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Pseudo-implementation of RFC2553 name / address resolution functions
+ *
+ * But these functions are not implemented correctly. The minimum subset
+ * is implemented for ssh use only. For example, this routine assumes
+ * that ai_family is AF_INET. Don't use it for another purpose.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _FAKE_RFC2553_H
+#define _FAKE_RFC2553_H
+
+/*
+ * First, socket and INET6 related definitions
+ */
+#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE
+# define _SS_MAXSIZE 128 /* Implementation specific max size */
+# define _SS_PADSIZE (_SS_MAXSIZE - sizeof (struct sockaddr))
+struct sockaddr_storage {
+ struct sockaddr ss_sa;
+ char __ss_pad2[_SS_PADSIZE];
+};
+# define ss_family ss_sa.sa_family
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE */
+
+#ifndef IN6_IS_ADDR_LOOPBACK
+# define IN6_IS_ADDR_LOOPBACK(a) \
+ (((uint32_t *)(a))[0] == 0 && ((uint32_t *)(a))[1] == 0 && \
+ ((uint32_t *)(a))[2] == 0 && ((uint32_t *)(a))[3] == htonl(1))
+#endif /* !IN6_IS_ADDR_LOOPBACK */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_IN6_ADDR
+struct in6_addr {
+ uint8_t s6_addr[16];
+};
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_IN6_ADDR */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6
+struct sockaddr_in6 {
+ unsigned short sin6_family;
+ uint16_t sin6_port;
+ uint32_t sin6_flowinfo;
+ struct in6_addr sin6_addr;
+ uint32_t sin6_scope_id;
+};
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6 */
+
+#ifndef AF_INET6
+/* Define it to something that should never appear */
+#define AF_INET6 AF_MAX
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Next, RFC2553 name / address resolution API
+ */
+
+#ifndef NI_NUMERICHOST
+# define NI_NUMERICHOST (1)
+#endif
+#ifndef NI_NAMEREQD
+# define NI_NAMEREQD (1<<1)
+#endif
+#ifndef NI_NUMERICSERV
+# define NI_NUMERICSERV (1<<2)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AI_PASSIVE
+# define AI_PASSIVE (1)
+#endif
+#ifndef AI_CANONNAME
+# define AI_CANONNAME (1<<1)
+#endif
+#ifndef AI_NUMERICHOST
+# define AI_NUMERICHOST (1<<2)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NI_MAXSERV
+# define NI_MAXSERV 32
+#endif /* !NI_MAXSERV */
+#ifndef NI_MAXHOST
+# define NI_MAXHOST 1025
+#endif /* !NI_MAXHOST */
+
+#ifndef EAI_NODATA
+# define EAI_NODATA (INT_MAX - 1)
+#endif
+#ifndef EAI_MEMORY
+# define EAI_MEMORY (INT_MAX - 2)
+#endif
+#ifndef EAI_NONAME
+# define EAI_NONAME (INT_MAX - 3)
+#endif
+#ifndef EAI_SYSTEM
+# define EAI_SYSTEM (INT_MAX - 4)
+#endif
+#ifndef EAI_FAMILY
+# define EAI_FAMILY (INT_MAX - 5)
+#endif
+#ifndef EAI_SERVICE
+# define EAI_SERVICE -8 /* SERVICE not supported for `ai_socktype'. */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO
+struct addrinfo {
+ int ai_flags; /* AI_PASSIVE, AI_CANONNAME */
+ int ai_family; /* PF_xxx */
+ int ai_socktype; /* SOCK_xxx */
+ int ai_protocol; /* 0 or IPPROTO_xxx for IPv4 and IPv6 */
+ size_t ai_addrlen; /* length of ai_addr */
+ char *ai_canonname; /* canonical name for hostname */
+ struct sockaddr *ai_addr; /* binary address */
+ struct addrinfo *ai_next; /* next structure in linked list */
+};
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_GETADDRINFO
+#ifdef getaddrinfo
+# undef getaddrinfo
+#endif
+#define getaddrinfo(a,b,c,d) (fake_getaddrinfo(a,b,c,d))
+int getaddrinfo(const char *, const char *,
+ const struct addrinfo *, struct addrinfo **);
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETADDRINFO */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_GAI_STRERROR
+#define gai_strerror(a) (fake_gai_strerror(a))
+const char *gai_strerror(int);
+#endif /* !HAVE_GAI_STRERROR */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_FREEADDRINFO
+#define freeaddrinfo(a) (fake_freeaddrinfo(a))
+void freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *);
+#endif /* !HAVE_FREEADDRINFO */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_GETNAMEINFO
+#define getnameinfo(a,b,c,d,e,f,g) (fake_getnameinfo(a,b,c,d,e,f,g))
+int getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *, size_t, char *, size_t,
+ char *, size_t, int);
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETNAMEINFO */
+
+
+#endif /* !_FAKE_RFC2553_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * float.h --
+ *
+ * This is a dummy header file to #include in Tcl when there
+ * is no float.h in /usr/include. Right now this file is empty:
+ * Tcl contains #ifdefs to deal with the lack of definitions;
+ * all it needs is for the #include statement to work.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * limits.h --
+ *
+ * This is a dummy header file to #include in Tcl when there
+ * is no limits.h in /usr/include. There are only a few
+ * definitions here; also see tclPort.h, which already
+ * #defines some of the things here if they're not arleady
+ * defined.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#define LONG_MIN 0x80000000
+#define LONG_MAX 0x7fffffff
+#define INT_MIN 0x80000000
+#define INT_MAX 0x7fffffff
+#define SHRT_MIN 0x8000
+#define SHRT_MAX 0x7fff
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * stdlib.h --
+ *
+ * Declares facilities exported by the "stdlib" portion of the C library.
+ * This file isn't complete in the ANSI-C sense; it only declares things
+ * that are needed by Tcl. This file is needed even on many systems with
+ * their own stdlib.h (e.g. SunOS) because not all stdlib.h files declare
+ * all the procedures needed here (such as strtod).
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _STDLIB
+#define _STDLIB
+
+extern void abort(void);
+extern double atof(const char *string);
+extern int atoi(const char *string);
+extern long atol(const char *string);
+extern char * calloc(unsigned int numElements, unsigned int size);
+extern void exit(int status);
+extern int free(char *blockPtr);
+extern char * getenv(const char *name);
+extern char * malloc(unsigned int numBytes);
+extern void qsort(void *base, int n, int size, int (*compar)(
+ const void *element1, const void *element2));
+extern char * realloc(char *ptr, unsigned int numBytes);
+extern double strtod(const char *string, char **endPtr);
+extern long strtol(const char *string, char **endPtr, int base);
+extern unsigned long strtoul(const char *string, char **endPtr, int base);
+
+#endif /* _STDLIB */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * string.h --
+ *
+ * Declarations of ANSI C library procedures for string handling.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1991-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _STRING
+#define _STRING
+
+/*
+ * The following #include is needed to define size_t. (This used to include
+ * sys/stdtypes.h but that doesn't exist on older versions of SunOS, e.g.
+ * 4.0.2, so I'm trying sys/types.h now.... hopefully it exists everywhere)
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+extern void * memchr(const void *s, int c, size_t n);
+#else
+extern char * memchr(const void *s, int c, size_t n);
+#endif
+extern int memcmp(const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n);
+extern char * memcpy(void *t, const void *f, size_t n);
+#ifdef NO_MEMMOVE
+#define memmove(d,s,n) (bcopy((s), (d), (n)))
+#else
+extern char * memmove(void *t, const void *f, size_t n);
+#endif
+extern char * memset(void *s, int c, size_t n);
+
+extern int strcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
+extern char * strcat(char *dst, const char *src);
+extern char * strchr(const char *string, int c);
+extern int strcmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
+extern char * strcpy(char *dst, const char *src);
+extern size_t strcspn(const char *string, const char *chars);
+extern char * strdup(const char *string);
+extern char * strerror(int error);
+extern size_t strlen(const char *string);
+extern int strncasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);
+extern char * strncat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t numChars);
+extern int strncmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t nChars);
+extern char * strncpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t numChars);
+extern char * strpbrk(const char *string, const char *chars);
+extern char * strrchr(const char *string, int c);
+extern size_t strspn(const char *string, const char *chars);
+extern char * strstr(const char *string, const char *substring);
+extern char * strtok(char *s, const char *delim);
+
+#endif /* _STRING */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * unistd.h --
+ *
+ * Macros, constants and prototypes for Posix conformance.
+ *
+ * Copyright 1989 Regents of the University of California Permission to use,
+ * copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any
+ * purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice appear in all copies. The University of California makes
+ * no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose.
+ * It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UNISTD
+#define _UNISTD
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Strict POSIX stuff goes here. Extensions go down below, in the ifndef
+ * _POSIX_SOURCE section.
+ */
+
+extern void _exit(int status);
+extern int access(const char *path, int mode);
+extern int chdir(const char *path);
+extern int chown(const char *path, uid_t owner, gid_t group);
+extern int close(int fd);
+extern int dup(int oldfd);
+extern int dup2(int oldfd, int newfd);
+extern int execl(const char *path, ...);
+extern int execle(const char *path, ...);
+extern int execlp(const char *file, ...);
+extern int execv(const char *path, char **argv);
+extern int execve(const char *path, char **argv, char **envp);
+extern int execvpw(const char *file, char **argv);
+extern pid_t fork(void);
+extern char * getcwd(char *buf, size_t size);
+extern gid_t getegid(void);
+extern uid_t geteuid(void);
+extern gid_t getgid(void);
+extern int getgroups(int bufSize, int *buffer);
+extern pid_t getpid(void);
+extern uid_t getuid(void);
+extern int isatty(int fd);
+extern long lseek(int fd, long offset, int whence);
+extern int pipe(int *fildes);
+extern int read(int fd, char *buf, size_t size);
+extern int setgid(gid_t group);
+extern int setuid(uid_t user);
+extern unsigned sleep(unsigned seconds);
+extern char * ttyname(int fd);
+extern int unlink(const char *path);
+extern int write(int fd, const char *buf, size_t size);
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
+extern char * crypt(const char *, const char *);
+extern int fchown(int fd, uid_t owner, gid_t group);
+extern int flock(int fd, int operation);
+extern int ftruncate(int fd, unsigned long length);
+extern int ioctl(int fd, int request, ...);
+extern int readlink(const char *path, char *buf, int bufsize);
+extern int setegid(gid_t group);
+extern int seteuidw(uid_t user);
+extern int setreuid(int ruid, int euid);
+extern int symlink(const char *, const char *);
+extern int ttyslot(void);
+extern int truncate(const char *path, unsigned long length);
+extern int vfork(void);
+#endif /* _POSIX_SOURCE */
+
+#endif /* _UNISTD */
--- /dev/null
+/* jconfig.h. Generated from jconfig.cfg by configure. */
+/* jconfig.cfg --- source file edited by configure script */
+/* see jconfig.txt for explanations */
+
+#define HAVE_PROTOTYPES 1
+#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR 1
+#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT 1
+/* #undef void */
+/* #undef const */
+/* #undef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
+#define HAVE_STDDEF_H 1
+#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
+#define HAVE_LOCALE_H 1
+/* #undef NEED_BSD_STRINGS */
+/* #undef NEED_SYS_TYPES_H */
+/* #undef NEED_FAR_POINTERS */
+/* #undef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */
+/* Define this if you get warnings about undefined structures. */
+/* #undef INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN */
+
+/* Define "boolean" as unsigned char, not enum, on Windows systems. */
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#ifndef __RPCNDR_H__ /* don't conflict if rpcndr.h already read */
+typedef unsigned char boolean;
+#endif
+#ifndef FALSE /* in case these macros already exist */
+#define FALSE 0 /* values of boolean */
+#endif
+#ifndef TRUE
+#define TRUE 1
+#endif
+#define HAVE_BOOLEAN /* prevent jmorecfg.h from redefining it */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS
+
+/* #undef RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED */
+#define INLINE __inline__
+/* These are for configuring the JPEG memory manager. */
+/* #undef DEFAULT_MAX_MEM */
+/* #undef NO_MKTEMP */
+
+#endif /* JPEG_INTERNALS */
+
+#ifdef JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG
+
+#define BMP_SUPPORTED /* BMP image file format */
+#define GIF_SUPPORTED /* GIF image file format */
+#define PPM_SUPPORTED /* PBMPLUS PPM/PGM image file format */
+/* #undef RLE_SUPPORTED */
+#define TARGA_SUPPORTED /* Targa image file format */
+
+/* #undef TWO_FILE_COMMANDLINE */
+/* #undef NEED_SIGNAL_CATCHER */
+/* #undef DONT_USE_B_MODE */
+
+/* Define this if you want percent-done progress reports from cjpeg/djpeg. */
+/* #undef PROGRESS_REPORT */
+
+#endif /* JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * jerror.h
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1994-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
+ * Modified 1997-2018 by Guido Vollbeding.
+ * This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
+ *
+ * This file defines the error and message codes for the JPEG library.
+ * Edit this file to add new codes, or to translate the message strings to
+ * some other language.
+ * A set of error-reporting macros are defined too. Some applications using
+ * the JPEG library may wish to include this file to get the error codes
+ * and/or the macros.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * To define the enum list of message codes, include this file without
+ * defining macro JMESSAGE. To create a message string table, include it
+ * again with a suitable JMESSAGE definition (see jerror.c for an example).
+ */
+#ifndef JMESSAGE
+#ifndef JERROR_H
+/* First time through, define the enum list */
+#define JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
+#else
+/* Repeated inclusions of this file are no-ops unless JMESSAGE is defined */
+#define JMESSAGE(code,string)
+#endif /* JERROR_H */
+#endif /* JMESSAGE */
+
+#ifdef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
+
+typedef enum {
+
+#define JMESSAGE(code,string) code ,
+
+#endif /* JMAKE_ENUM_LIST */
+
+JMESSAGE(JMSG_NOMESSAGE, "Bogus message code %d") /* Must be first entry! */
+
+/* For maintenance convenience, list is alphabetical by message code name */
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_ALIGN_TYPE, "ALIGN_TYPE is wrong, please fix")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_ALLOC_CHUNK, "MAX_ALLOC_CHUNK is wrong, please fix")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE, "Bogus buffer control mode")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_COMPONENT_ID, "Invalid component ID %d in SOS")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_CROP_SPEC, "Invalid crop request")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DCT_COEF, "DCT coefficient out of range")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DCTSIZE, "DCT scaled block size %dx%d not supported")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DROP_SAMPLING,
+ "Component index %d: mismatching sampling ratio %d:%d, %d:%d, %c")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_HUFF_TABLE, "Bogus Huffman table definition")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE, "Bogus input colorspace")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE, "Bogus JPEG colorspace")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_LENGTH, "Bogus marker length")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_LIB_VERSION,
+ "Wrong JPEG library version: library is %d, caller expects %d")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_MCU_SIZE, "Sampling factors too large for interleaved scan")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_POOL_ID, "Invalid memory pool code %d")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PRECISION, "Unsupported JPEG data precision %d")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PROGRESSION,
+ "Invalid progressive parameters Ss=%d Se=%d Ah=%d Al=%d")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT,
+ "Invalid progressive parameters at scan script entry %d")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_SAMPLING, "Bogus sampling factors")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_SCAN_SCRIPT, "Invalid scan script at entry %d")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_STATE, "Improper call to JPEG library in state %d")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_STRUCT_SIZE,
+ "JPEG parameter struct mismatch: library thinks size is %u, caller expects %u")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_VIRTUAL_ACCESS, "Bogus virtual array access")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_BUFFER_SIZE, "Buffer passed to JPEG library is too small")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_CANT_SUSPEND, "Suspension not allowed here")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_CCIR601_NOTIMPL, "CCIR601 sampling not implemented yet")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, "Too many color components: %d, max %d")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL, "Unsupported color conversion request")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_DAC_INDEX, "Bogus DAC index %d")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_DAC_VALUE, "Bogus DAC value 0x%x")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_DHT_INDEX, "Bogus DHT index %d")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_DQT_INDEX, "Bogus DQT index %d")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_EMPTY_IMAGE, "Empty JPEG image (DNL not supported)")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_EMS_READ, "Read from EMS failed")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_EMS_WRITE, "Write to EMS failed")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_EOI_EXPECTED, "Didn't expect more than one scan")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_FILE_READ, "Input file read error")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_FILE_WRITE, "Output file write error --- out of disk space?")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_FRACT_SAMPLE_NOTIMPL, "Fractional sampling not implemented yet")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_HUFF_CLEN_OUTOFBOUNDS, "Huffman code size table out of bounds")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_HUFF_MISSING_CODE, "Missing Huffman code table entry")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_IMAGE_TOO_BIG, "Maximum supported image dimension is %u pixels")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_INPUT_EMPTY, "Empty input file")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_INPUT_EOF, "Premature end of input file")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_MISMATCHED_QUANT_TABLE,
+ "Cannot transcode due to multiple use of quantization table %d")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_MISSING_DATA, "Scan script does not transmit all data")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_MODE_CHANGE, "Invalid color quantization mode change")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_NOTIMPL, "Not implemented yet")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_NOT_COMPILED, "Requested feature was omitted at compile time")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_ARITH_TABLE, "Arithmetic table 0x%02x was not defined")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_BACKING_STORE, "Backing store not supported")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_HUFF_TABLE, "Huffman table 0x%02x was not defined")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_IMAGE, "JPEG datastream contains no image")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_QUANT_TABLE, "Quantization table 0x%02x was not defined")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_SOI, "Not a JPEG file: starts with 0x%02x 0x%02x")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_OUT_OF_MEMORY, "Insufficient memory (case %d)")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_COMPONENTS,
+ "Cannot quantize more than %d color components")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_FEW_COLORS, "Cannot quantize to fewer than %d colors")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_MANY_COLORS, "Cannot quantize to more than %d colors")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_BEFORE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: %s before SOF")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_DUPLICATE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: two SOF markers")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_NO_SOS, "Invalid JPEG file structure: missing SOS marker")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_UNSUPPORTED, "Unsupported JPEG process: SOF type 0x%02x")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_SOI_DUPLICATE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: two SOI markers")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_CREATE, "Failed to create temporary file %s")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_READ, "Read failed on temporary file")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_SEEK, "Seek failed on temporary file")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_WRITE,
+ "Write failed on temporary file --- out of disk space?")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_TOO_LITTLE_DATA, "Application transferred too few scanlines")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_UNKNOWN_MARKER, "Unsupported marker type 0x%02x")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_VIRTUAL_BUG, "Virtual array controller messed up")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_WIDTH_OVERFLOW, "Image too wide for this implementation")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_XMS_READ, "Read from XMS failed")
+JMESSAGE(JERR_XMS_WRITE, "Write to XMS failed")
+JMESSAGE(JMSG_COPYRIGHT, JCOPYRIGHT)
+JMESSAGE(JMSG_VERSION, JVERSION)
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_16BIT_TABLES,
+ "Caution: quantization tables are too coarse for baseline JPEG")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_ADOBE,
+ "Adobe APP14 marker: version %d, flags 0x%04x 0x%04x, transform %d")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_APP0, "Unknown APP0 marker (not JFIF), length %u")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_APP14, "Unknown APP14 marker (not Adobe), length %u")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_DAC, "Define Arithmetic Table 0x%02x: 0x%02x")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_DHT, "Define Huffman Table 0x%02x")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_DQT, "Define Quantization Table %d precision %d")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_DRI, "Define Restart Interval %u")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_EMS_CLOSE, "Freed EMS handle %u")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_EMS_OPEN, "Obtained EMS handle %u")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_EOI, "End Of Image")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_HUFFBITS, " %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF, "JFIF APP0 marker: version %d.%02d, density %dx%d %d")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_BADTHUMBNAILSIZE,
+ "Warning: thumbnail image size does not match data length %u")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_EXTENSION,
+ "JFIF extension marker: type 0x%02x, length %u")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_THUMBNAIL, " with %d x %d thumbnail image")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_MISC_MARKER, "Miscellaneous marker 0x%02x, length %u")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_PARMLESS_MARKER, "Unexpected marker 0x%02x")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANTVALS, " %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_3_NCOLORS, "Quantizing to %d = %d*%d*%d colors")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_NCOLORS, "Quantizing to %d colors")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_SELECTED, "Selected %d colors for quantization")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_RECOVERY_ACTION, "At marker 0x%02x, recovery action %d")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_RST, "RST%d")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_SMOOTH_NOTIMPL,
+ "Smoothing not supported with nonstandard sampling ratios")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOF, "Start Of Frame 0x%02x: width=%u, height=%u, components=%d")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOF_COMPONENT, " Component %d: %dhx%dv q=%d")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOI, "Start of Image")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS, "Start Of Scan: %d components")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS_COMPONENT, " Component %d: dc=%d ac=%d")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS_PARAMS, " Ss=%d, Se=%d, Ah=%d, Al=%d")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_TFILE_CLOSE, "Closed temporary file %s")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_TFILE_OPEN, "Opened temporary file %s")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_JPEG,
+ "JFIF extension marker: JPEG-compressed thumbnail image, length %u")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_PALETTE,
+ "JFIF extension marker: palette thumbnail image, length %u")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_RGB,
+ "JFIF extension marker: RGB thumbnail image, length %u")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_UNKNOWN_IDS,
+ "Unrecognized component IDs %d %d %d, assuming YCbCr")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_XMS_CLOSE, "Freed XMS handle %u")
+JMESSAGE(JTRC_XMS_OPEN, "Obtained XMS handle %u")
+JMESSAGE(JWRN_ADOBE_XFORM, "Unknown Adobe color transform code %d")
+JMESSAGE(JWRN_ARITH_BAD_CODE, "Corrupt JPEG data: bad arithmetic code")
+JMESSAGE(JWRN_BOGUS_PROGRESSION,
+ "Inconsistent progression sequence for component %d coefficient %d")
+JMESSAGE(JWRN_EXTRANEOUS_DATA,
+ "Corrupt JPEG data: %u extraneous bytes before marker 0x%02x")
+JMESSAGE(JWRN_HIT_MARKER, "Corrupt JPEG data: premature end of data segment")
+JMESSAGE(JWRN_HUFF_BAD_CODE, "Corrupt JPEG data: bad Huffman code")
+JMESSAGE(JWRN_JFIF_MAJOR, "Warning: unknown JFIF revision number %d.%02d")
+JMESSAGE(JWRN_JPEG_EOF, "Premature end of JPEG file")
+JMESSAGE(JWRN_MUST_RESYNC,
+ "Corrupt JPEG data: found marker 0x%02x instead of RST%d")
+JMESSAGE(JWRN_NOT_SEQUENTIAL, "Invalid SOS parameters for sequential JPEG")
+JMESSAGE(JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA, "Application transferred too many scanlines")
+
+#ifdef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
+
+ JMSG_LASTMSGCODE
+} J_MESSAGE_CODE;
+
+#undef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
+#endif /* JMAKE_ENUM_LIST */
+
+/* Zap JMESSAGE macro so that future re-inclusions do nothing by default */
+#undef JMESSAGE
+
+
+#ifndef JERROR_H
+#define JERROR_H
+
+/* Macros to simplify using the error and trace message stuff */
+/* The first parameter is either type of cinfo pointer */
+
+/* Fatal errors (print message and exit) */
+#define ERREXIT(cinfo,code) \
+ ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
+ (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
+#define ERREXIT1(cinfo,code,p1) \
+ ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
+ (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
+#define ERREXIT2(cinfo,code,p1,p2) \
+ ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
+ (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
+#define ERREXIT3(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3) \
+ ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \
+ (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
+#define ERREXIT4(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3,p4) \
+ ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[3] = (p4), \
+ (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
+#define ERREXIT6(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,p6) \
+ ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[3] = (p4), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[4] = (p5), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[5] = (p6), \
+ (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
+#define ERREXITS(cinfo,code,str) \
+ ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
+ strncpy((cinfo)->err->msg_parm.s, (str), JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX), \
+ (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
+
+#define MAKESTMT(stuff) do { stuff } while (0)
+
+/* Nonfatal errors (we can keep going, but the data is probably corrupt) */
+#define WARNMS(cinfo,code) \
+ ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
+ (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1))
+#define WARNMS1(cinfo,code,p1) \
+ ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
+ (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1))
+#define WARNMS2(cinfo,code,p1,p2) \
+ ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
+ (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1))
+
+/* Informational/debugging messages */
+#define TRACEMS(cinfo,lvl,code) \
+ ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
+ (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
+#define TRACEMS1(cinfo,lvl,code,p1) \
+ ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
+ (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
+#define TRACEMS2(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2) \
+ ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
+ (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
+#define TRACEMS3(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3) \
+ MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
+ _mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
+ (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
+#define TRACEMS4(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4) \
+ MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
+ _mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
+ (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
+#define TRACEMS5(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5) \
+ MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
+ _mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \
+ _mp[4] = (p5); \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
+ (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
+#define TRACEMS8(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,p6,p7,p8) \
+ MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
+ _mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \
+ _mp[4] = (p5); _mp[5] = (p6); _mp[6] = (p7); _mp[7] = (p8); \
+ (cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
+ (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
+#define TRACEMSS(cinfo,lvl,code,str) \
+ ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
+ strncpy((cinfo)->err->msg_parm.s, (str), JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX), \
+ (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
+
+#endif /* JERROR_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * jmorecfg.h
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
+ * Modified 1997-2013 by Guido Vollbeding.
+ * This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
+ *
+ * This file contains additional configuration options that customize the
+ * JPEG software for special applications or support machine-dependent
+ * optimizations. Most users will not need to touch this file.
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * Define BITS_IN_JSAMPLE as either
+ * 8 for 8-bit sample values (the usual setting)
+ * 9 for 9-bit sample values
+ * 10 for 10-bit sample values
+ * 11 for 11-bit sample values
+ * 12 for 12-bit sample values
+ * Only 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 bits sample data precision are supported for
+ * full-feature DCT processing. Further depths up to 16-bit may be added
+ * later for the lossless modes of operation.
+ * Run-time selection and conversion of data precision will be added later
+ * and are currently not supported, sorry.
+ * Exception: The transcoding part (jpegtran) supports all settings in a
+ * single instance, since it operates on the level of DCT coefficients and
+ * not sample values. The DCT coefficients are of the same type (16 bits)
+ * in all cases (see below).
+ */
+
+#define BITS_IN_JSAMPLE 8 /* use 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 */
+
+
+/*
+ * Maximum number of components (color channels) allowed in JPEG image.
+ * To meet the letter of the JPEG spec, set this to 255. However, darn
+ * few applications need more than 4 channels (maybe 5 for CMYK + alpha
+ * mask). We recommend 10 as a reasonable compromise; use 4 if you are
+ * really short on memory. (Each allowed component costs a hundred or so
+ * bytes of storage, whether actually used in an image or not.)
+ */
+
+#define MAX_COMPONENTS 10 /* maximum number of image components */
+
+
+/*
+ * Basic data types.
+ * You may need to change these if you have a machine with unusual data
+ * type sizes; for example, "char" not 8 bits, "short" not 16 bits,
+ * or "long" not 32 bits. We don't care whether "int" is 16 or 32 bits,
+ * but it had better be at least 16.
+ */
+
+/* Representation of a single sample (pixel element value).
+ * We frequently allocate large arrays of these, so it's important to keep
+ * them small. But if you have memory to burn and access to char or short
+ * arrays is very slow on your hardware, you might want to change these.
+ */
+
+#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
+/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..255.
+ * You can use a signed char by having GETJSAMPLE mask it with 0xFF.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
+
+typedef unsigned char JSAMPLE;
+#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
+
+#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
+
+typedef char JSAMPLE;
+#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
+#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
+#else
+#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value) & 0xFF)
+#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
+
+#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
+
+#define MAXJSAMPLE 255
+#define CENTERJSAMPLE 128
+
+#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8 */
+
+
+#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 9
+/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..511.
+ * On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely.
+ */
+
+typedef short JSAMPLE;
+#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
+
+#define MAXJSAMPLE 511
+#define CENTERJSAMPLE 256
+
+#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 9 */
+
+
+#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 10
+/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..1023.
+ * On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely.
+ */
+
+typedef short JSAMPLE;
+#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
+
+#define MAXJSAMPLE 1023
+#define CENTERJSAMPLE 512
+
+#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 10 */
+
+
+#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 11
+/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..2047.
+ * On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely.
+ */
+
+typedef short JSAMPLE;
+#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
+
+#define MAXJSAMPLE 2047
+#define CENTERJSAMPLE 1024
+
+#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 11 */
+
+
+#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12
+/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..4095.
+ * On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely.
+ */
+
+typedef short JSAMPLE;
+#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
+
+#define MAXJSAMPLE 4095
+#define CENTERJSAMPLE 2048
+
+#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12 */
+
+
+/* Representation of a DCT frequency coefficient.
+ * This should be a signed value of at least 16 bits; "short" is usually OK.
+ * Again, we allocate large arrays of these, but you can change to int
+ * if you have memory to burn and "short" is really slow.
+ */
+
+typedef short JCOEF;
+
+
+/* Compressed datastreams are represented as arrays of JOCTET.
+ * These must be EXACTLY 8 bits wide, at least once they are written to
+ * external storage. Note that when using the stdio data source/destination
+ * managers, this is also the data type passed to fread/fwrite.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
+
+typedef unsigned char JOCTET;
+#define GETJOCTET(value) (value)
+
+#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
+
+typedef char JOCTET;
+#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
+#define GETJOCTET(value) (value)
+#else
+#define GETJOCTET(value) ((value) & 0xFF)
+#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
+
+#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
+
+
+/* These typedefs are used for various table entries and so forth.
+ * They must be at least as wide as specified; but making them too big
+ * won't cost a huge amount of memory, so we don't provide special
+ * extraction code like we did for JSAMPLE. (In other words, these
+ * typedefs live at a different point on the speed/space tradeoff curve.)
+ */
+
+/* UINT8 must hold at least the values 0..255. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
+typedef unsigned char UINT8;
+#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
+#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
+typedef char UINT8;
+#else /* not CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
+typedef short UINT8;
+#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
+#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
+
+/* UINT16 must hold at least the values 0..65535. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT
+typedef unsigned short UINT16;
+#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */
+typedef unsigned int UINT16;
+#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */
+
+/* INT16 must hold at least the values -32768..32767. */
+
+#ifndef XMD_H /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT16 */
+typedef short INT16;
+#endif
+
+/* INT32 must hold at least signed 32-bit values. */
+
+#ifndef XMD_H /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT32 */
+#ifndef _BASETSD_H_ /* Microsoft defines it in basetsd.h */
+#ifndef _BASETSD_H /* MinGW is slightly different */
+#ifndef QGLOBAL_H /* Qt defines it in qglobal.h */
+typedef long INT32;
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Datatype used for image dimensions. The JPEG standard only supports
+ * images up to 64K*64K due to 16-bit fields in SOF markers. Therefore
+ * "unsigned int" is sufficient on all machines. However, if you need to
+ * handle larger images and you don't mind deviating from the spec, you
+ * can change this datatype.
+ */
+
+typedef unsigned int JDIMENSION;
+
+#define JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION 65500L /* a tad under 64K to prevent overflows */
+
+
+/* These macros are used in all function definitions and extern declarations.
+ * You could modify them if you need to change function linkage conventions;
+ * in particular, you'll need to do that to make the library a Windows DLL.
+ * Another application is to make all functions global for use with debuggers
+ * or code profilers that require it.
+ */
+
+/* a function called through method pointers: */
+#define METHODDEF(type) static type
+/* a function used only in its module: */
+#define LOCAL(type) static type
+/* a function referenced thru EXTERNs: */
+#define GLOBAL(type) type
+/* a reference to a GLOBAL function: */
+#define EXTERN(type) extern type
+
+
+/* This macro is used to declare a "method", that is, a function pointer.
+ * We want to supply prototype parameters if the compiler can cope.
+ * Note that the arglist parameter must be parenthesized!
+ * Again, you can customize this if you need special linkage keywords.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES
+#define JMETHOD(type,methodname,arglist) type (*methodname) arglist
+#else
+#define JMETHOD(type,methodname,arglist) type (*methodname) ()
+#endif
+
+
+/* The noreturn type identifier is used to declare functions
+ * which cannot return.
+ * Compilers can thus create more optimized code and perform
+ * better checks for warnings and errors.
+ * Static analyzer tools can make improved inferences about
+ * execution paths and are prevented from giving false alerts.
+ *
+ * Unfortunately, the proposed specifications of corresponding
+ * extensions in the Dec 2011 ISO C standard revision (C11),
+ * GCC, MSVC, etc. are not viable.
+ * Thus we introduce a user defined type to declare noreturn
+ * functions at least for clarity. A proper compiler would
+ * have a suitable noreturn type to match in place of void.
+ */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_NORETURN_T
+typedef void noreturn_t;
+#endif
+
+
+/* Here is the pseudo-keyword for declaring pointers that must be "far"
+ * on 80x86 machines. Most of the specialized coding for 80x86 is handled
+ * by just saying "FAR *" where such a pointer is needed. In a few places
+ * explicit coding is needed; see uses of the NEED_FAR_POINTERS symbol.
+ */
+
+#ifndef FAR
+#ifdef NEED_FAR_POINTERS
+#define FAR far
+#else
+#define FAR
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * On a few systems, type boolean and/or its values FALSE, TRUE may appear
+ * in standard header files. Or you may have conflicts with application-
+ * specific header files that you want to include together with these files.
+ * Defining HAVE_BOOLEAN before including jpeglib.h should make it work.
+ */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_BOOLEAN
+#if defined FALSE || defined TRUE || defined QGLOBAL_H
+/* Qt3 defines FALSE and TRUE as "const" variables in qglobal.h */
+typedef int boolean;
+#ifndef FALSE /* in case these macros already exist */
+#define FALSE 0 /* values of boolean */
+#endif
+#ifndef TRUE
+#define TRUE 1
+#endif
+#else
+typedef enum { FALSE = 0, TRUE = 1 } boolean;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * The remaining options affect code selection within the JPEG library,
+ * but they don't need to be visible to most applications using the library.
+ * To minimize application namespace pollution, the symbols won't be
+ * defined unless JPEG_INTERNALS or JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS has been defined.
+ */
+
+#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS
+#define JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS
+#endif
+
+#ifdef JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS
+
+
+/*
+ * These defines indicate whether to include various optional functions.
+ * Undefining some of these symbols will produce a smaller but less capable
+ * library. Note that you can leave certain source files out of the
+ * compilation/linking process if you've #undef'd the corresponding symbols.
+ * (You may HAVE to do that if your compiler doesn't like null source files.)
+ */
+
+/* Capability options common to encoder and decoder: */
+
+#define DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED /* slow but accurate integer algorithm */
+#define DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED /* faster, less accurate integer method */
+#define DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED /* floating-point: accurate, fast on fast HW */
+
+/* Encoder capability options: */
+
+#define C_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED /* Arithmetic coding back end? */
+#define C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */
+#define C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/
+#define DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Input rescaling via DCT? (Requires DCT_ISLOW)*/
+#define ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED /* Optimization of entropy coding parms? */
+/* Note: if you selected more than 8-bit data precision, it is dangerous to
+ * turn off ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED. The standard Huffman tables are only
+ * good for 8-bit precision, so arithmetic coding is recommended for higher
+ * precision. The Huffman encoder normally uses entropy optimization to
+ * compute usable tables for higher precision. Otherwise, you'll have to
+ * supply different default Huffman tables.
+ * The exact same statements apply for progressive JPEG: the default tables
+ * don't work for progressive mode. (This may get fixed, however.)
+ */
+#define INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED /* Input image smoothing option? */
+
+/* Decoder capability options: */
+
+#define D_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED /* Arithmetic coding back end? */
+#define D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */
+#define D_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/
+#define IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Output rescaling via IDCT? (Requires DCT_ISLOW)*/
+#define SAVE_MARKERS_SUPPORTED /* jpeg_save_markers() needed? */
+#define BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED /* Block smoothing? (Progressive only) */
+#undef UPSAMPLE_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Output rescaling at upsample stage? */
+#define UPSAMPLE_MERGING_SUPPORTED /* Fast path for sloppy upsampling? */
+#define QUANT_1PASS_SUPPORTED /* 1-pass color quantization? */
+#define QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED /* 2-pass color quantization? */
+
+/* more capability options later, no doubt */
+
+
+/*
+ * Ordering of RGB data in scanlines passed to or from the application.
+ * If your application wants to deal with data in the order B,G,R, just
+ * change these macros. You can also deal with formats such as R,G,B,X
+ * (one extra byte per pixel) by changing RGB_PIXELSIZE. Note that changing
+ * the offsets will also change the order in which colormap data is organized.
+ * RESTRICTIONS:
+ * 1. The sample applications cjpeg,djpeg do NOT support modified RGB formats.
+ * 2. The color quantizer modules will not behave desirably if RGB_PIXELSIZE
+ * is not 3 (they don't understand about dummy color components!). So you
+ * can't use color quantization if you change that value.
+ */
+
+#define RGB_RED 0 /* Offset of Red in an RGB scanline element */
+#define RGB_GREEN 1 /* Offset of Green */
+#define RGB_BLUE 2 /* Offset of Blue */
+#define RGB_PIXELSIZE 3 /* JSAMPLEs per RGB scanline element */
+
+
+/* Definitions for speed-related optimizations. */
+
+
+/* If your compiler supports inline functions, define INLINE
+ * as the inline keyword; otherwise define it as empty.
+ */
+
+#ifndef INLINE
+#ifdef __GNUC__ /* for instance, GNU C knows about inline */
+#define INLINE __inline__
+#endif
+#ifndef INLINE
+#define INLINE /* default is to define it as empty */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* On some machines (notably 68000 series) "int" is 32 bits, but multiplying
+ * two 16-bit shorts is faster than multiplying two ints. Define MULTIPLIER
+ * as short on such a machine. MULTIPLIER must be at least 16 bits wide.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MULTIPLIER
+#define MULTIPLIER int /* type for fastest integer multiply */
+#endif
+
+
+/* FAST_FLOAT should be either float or double, whichever is done faster
+ * by your compiler. (Note that this type is only used in the floating point
+ * DCT routines, so it only matters if you've defined DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED.)
+ * Typically, float is faster in ANSI C compilers, while double is faster in
+ * pre-ANSI compilers (because they insist on converting to double anyway).
+ * The code below therefore chooses float if we have ANSI-style prototypes.
+ */
+
+#ifndef FAST_FLOAT
+#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES
+#define FAST_FLOAT float
+#else
+#define FAST_FLOAT double
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * jpeglib.h
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1991-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
+ * Modified 2002-2020 by Guido Vollbeding.
+ * This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
+ *
+ * This file defines the application interface for the JPEG library.
+ * Most applications using the library need only include this file,
+ * and perhaps jerror.h if they want to know the exact error codes.
+ */
+
+#ifndef JPEGLIB_H
+#define JPEGLIB_H
+
+/*
+ * First we include the configuration files that record how this
+ * installation of the JPEG library is set up. jconfig.h can be
+ * generated automatically for many systems. jmorecfg.h contains
+ * manual configuration options that most people need not worry about.
+ */
+
+#ifndef JCONFIG_INCLUDED /* in case jinclude.h already did */
+#include "jconfig.h" /* widely used configuration options */
+#endif
+#include "jmorecfg.h" /* seldom changed options */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#ifndef DONT_USE_EXTERN_C
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Version IDs for the JPEG library.
+ * Might be useful for tests like "#if JPEG_LIB_VERSION >= 90".
+ */
+
+#define JPEG_LIB_VERSION 90 /* Compatibility version 9.0 */
+#define JPEG_LIB_VERSION_MAJOR 9
+#define JPEG_LIB_VERSION_MINOR 5
+
+
+/* Various constants determining the sizes of things.
+ * All of these are specified by the JPEG standard,
+ * so don't change them if you want to be compatible.
+ */
+
+#define DCTSIZE 8 /* The basic DCT block is 8x8 coefficients */
+#define DCTSIZE2 64 /* DCTSIZE squared; # of elements in a block */
+#define NUM_QUANT_TBLS 4 /* Quantization tables are numbered 0..3 */
+#define NUM_HUFF_TBLS 4 /* Huffman tables are numbered 0..3 */
+#define NUM_ARITH_TBLS 16 /* Arith-coding tables are numbered 0..15 */
+#define MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN 4 /* JPEG limit on # of components in one scan */
+#define MAX_SAMP_FACTOR 4 /* JPEG limit on sampling factors */
+/* Unfortunately, some bozo at Adobe saw no reason to be bound by the standard;
+ * the PostScript DCT filter can emit files with many more than 10 blocks/MCU.
+ * If you happen to run across such a file, you can up D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU
+ * to handle it. We even let you do this from the jconfig.h file. However,
+ * we strongly discourage changing C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU; just because Adobe
+ * sometimes emits noncompliant files doesn't mean you should too.
+ */
+#define C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU 10 /* compressor's limit on blocks per MCU */
+#ifndef D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU
+#define D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU 10 /* decompressor's limit on blocks per MCU */
+#endif
+
+
+/* Data structures for images (arrays of samples and of DCT coefficients).
+ * On 80x86 machines, the image arrays are too big for near pointers,
+ * but the pointer arrays can fit in near memory.
+ */
+
+typedef JSAMPLE FAR *JSAMPROW; /* ptr to one image row of pixel samples. */
+typedef JSAMPROW *JSAMPARRAY; /* ptr to some rows (a 2-D sample array) */
+typedef JSAMPARRAY *JSAMPIMAGE; /* a 3-D sample array: top index is color */
+
+typedef JCOEF JBLOCK[DCTSIZE2]; /* one block of coefficients */
+typedef JBLOCK FAR *JBLOCKROW; /* pointer to one row of coefficient blocks */
+typedef JBLOCKROW *JBLOCKARRAY; /* a 2-D array of coefficient blocks */
+typedef JBLOCKARRAY *JBLOCKIMAGE; /* a 3-D array of coefficient blocks */
+
+typedef JCOEF FAR *JCOEFPTR; /* useful in a couple of places */
+
+
+/* Types for JPEG compression parameters and working tables. */
+
+
+/* DCT coefficient quantization tables. */
+
+typedef struct {
+ /* This array gives the coefficient quantizers in natural array order
+ * (not the zigzag order in which they are stored in a JPEG DQT marker).
+ * CAUTION: IJG versions prior to v6a kept this array in zigzag order.
+ */
+ UINT16 quantval[DCTSIZE2]; /* quantization step for each coefficient */
+ /* This field is used only during compression. It's initialized FALSE when
+ * the table is created, and set TRUE when it's been output to the file.
+ * You could suppress output of a table by setting this to TRUE.
+ * (See jpeg_suppress_tables for an example.)
+ */
+ boolean sent_table; /* TRUE when table has been output */
+} JQUANT_TBL;
+
+
+/* Huffman coding tables. */
+
+typedef struct {
+ /* These two fields directly represent the contents of a JPEG DHT marker */
+ UINT8 bits[17]; /* bits[k] = # of symbols with codes of */
+ /* length k bits; bits[0] is unused */
+ UINT8 huffval[256]; /* The symbols, in order of incr code length */
+ /* This field is used only during compression. It's initialized FALSE when
+ * the table is created, and set TRUE when it's been output to the file.
+ * You could suppress output of a table by setting this to TRUE.
+ * (See jpeg_suppress_tables for an example.)
+ */
+ boolean sent_table; /* TRUE when table has been output */
+} JHUFF_TBL;
+
+
+/* Basic info about one component (color channel). */
+
+typedef struct {
+ /* These values are fixed over the whole image. */
+ /* For compression, they must be supplied by parameter setup; */
+ /* for decompression, they are read from the SOF marker. */
+ int component_id; /* identifier for this component (0..255) */
+ int component_index; /* its index in SOF or cinfo->comp_info[] */
+ int h_samp_factor; /* horizontal sampling factor (1..4) */
+ int v_samp_factor; /* vertical sampling factor (1..4) */
+ int quant_tbl_no; /* quantization table selector (0..3) */
+ /* These values may vary between scans. */
+ /* For compression, they must be supplied by parameter setup; */
+ /* for decompression, they are read from the SOS marker. */
+ /* The decompressor output side may not use these variables. */
+ int dc_tbl_no; /* DC entropy table selector (0..3) */
+ int ac_tbl_no; /* AC entropy table selector (0..3) */
+
+ /* Remaining fields should be treated as private by applications. */
+
+ /* These values are computed during compression or decompression startup: */
+ /* Component's size in DCT blocks.
+ * Any dummy blocks added to complete an MCU are not counted; therefore
+ * these values do not depend on whether a scan is interleaved or not.
+ */
+ JDIMENSION width_in_blocks;
+ JDIMENSION height_in_blocks;
+ /* Size of a DCT block in samples,
+ * reflecting any scaling we choose to apply during the DCT step.
+ * Values from 1 to 16 are supported.
+ * Note that different components may receive different DCT scalings.
+ */
+ int DCT_h_scaled_size;
+ int DCT_v_scaled_size;
+ /* The downsampled dimensions are the component's actual, unpadded number
+ * of samples at the main buffer (preprocessing/compression interface);
+ * DCT scaling is included, so
+ * downsampled_width =
+ * ceil(image_width * Hi/Hmax * DCT_h_scaled_size/block_size)
+ * and similarly for height.
+ */
+ JDIMENSION downsampled_width; /* actual width in samples */
+ JDIMENSION downsampled_height; /* actual height in samples */
+ /* For decompression, in cases where some of the components will be
+ * ignored (eg grayscale output from YCbCr image), we can skip most
+ * computations for the unused components.
+ * For compression, some of the components will need further quantization
+ * scale by factor of 2 after DCT (eg BG_YCC output from normal RGB input).
+ * The field is first set TRUE for decompression, FALSE for compression
+ * in initial_setup, and then adapted in color conversion setup.
+ */
+ boolean component_needed;
+
+ /* These values are computed before starting a scan of the component. */
+ /* The decompressor output side may not use these variables. */
+ int MCU_width; /* number of blocks per MCU, horizontally */
+ int MCU_height; /* number of blocks per MCU, vertically */
+ int MCU_blocks; /* MCU_width * MCU_height */
+ int MCU_sample_width; /* MCU width in samples: MCU_width * DCT_h_scaled_size */
+ int last_col_width; /* # of non-dummy blocks across in last MCU */
+ int last_row_height; /* # of non-dummy blocks down in last MCU */
+
+ /* Saved quantization table for component; NULL if none yet saved.
+ * See jdinput.c comments about the need for this information.
+ * This field is currently used only for decompression.
+ */
+ JQUANT_TBL * quant_table;
+
+ /* Private per-component storage for DCT or IDCT subsystem. */
+ void * dct_table;
+} jpeg_component_info;
+
+
+/* The script for encoding a multiple-scan file is an array of these: */
+
+typedef struct {
+ int comps_in_scan; /* number of components encoded in this scan */
+ int component_index[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; /* their SOF/comp_info[] indexes */
+ int Ss, Se; /* progressive JPEG spectral selection parms */
+ int Ah, Al; /* progressive JPEG successive approx. parms */
+} jpeg_scan_info;
+
+/* The decompressor can save APPn and COM markers in a list of these: */
+
+typedef struct jpeg_marker_struct FAR * jpeg_saved_marker_ptr;
+
+struct jpeg_marker_struct {
+ jpeg_saved_marker_ptr next; /* next in list, or NULL */
+ UINT8 marker; /* marker code: JPEG_COM, or JPEG_APP0+n */
+ unsigned int original_length; /* # bytes of data in the file */
+ unsigned int data_length; /* # bytes of data saved at data[] */
+ JOCTET FAR * data; /* the data contained in the marker */
+ /* the marker length word is not counted in data_length or original_length */
+};
+
+/* Known color spaces. */
+
+typedef enum {
+ JCS_UNKNOWN, /* error/unspecified */
+ JCS_GRAYSCALE, /* monochrome */
+ JCS_RGB, /* red/green/blue, standard RGB (sRGB) */
+ JCS_YCbCr, /* Y/Cb/Cr (also known as YUV), standard YCC */
+ JCS_CMYK, /* C/M/Y/K */
+ JCS_YCCK, /* Y/Cb/Cr/K */
+ JCS_BG_RGB, /* big gamut red/green/blue, bg-sRGB */
+ JCS_BG_YCC /* big gamut Y/Cb/Cr, bg-sYCC */
+} J_COLOR_SPACE;
+
+/* Supported color transforms. */
+
+typedef enum {
+ JCT_NONE = 0,
+ JCT_SUBTRACT_GREEN = 1
+} J_COLOR_TRANSFORM;
+
+/* DCT/IDCT algorithm options. */
+
+typedef enum {
+ JDCT_ISLOW, /* slow but accurate integer algorithm */
+ JDCT_IFAST, /* faster, less accurate integer method */
+ JDCT_FLOAT /* floating-point: accurate, fast on fast HW */
+} J_DCT_METHOD;
+
+#ifndef JDCT_DEFAULT /* may be overridden in jconfig.h */
+#define JDCT_DEFAULT JDCT_ISLOW
+#endif
+#ifndef JDCT_FASTEST /* may be overridden in jconfig.h */
+#define JDCT_FASTEST JDCT_IFAST
+#endif
+
+/* Dithering options for decompression. */
+
+typedef enum {
+ JDITHER_NONE, /* no dithering */
+ JDITHER_ORDERED, /* simple ordered dither */
+ JDITHER_FS /* Floyd-Steinberg error diffusion dither */
+} J_DITHER_MODE;
+
+
+/* Common fields between JPEG compression and decompression master structs. */
+
+#define jpeg_common_fields \
+ struct jpeg_error_mgr * err; /* Error handler module */\
+ struct jpeg_memory_mgr * mem; /* Memory manager module */\
+ struct jpeg_progress_mgr * progress; /* Progress monitor, or NULL if none */\
+ void * client_data; /* Available for use by application */\
+ boolean is_decompressor; /* So common code can tell which is which */\
+ int global_state /* For checking call sequence validity */
+
+/* Routines that are to be used by both halves of the library are declared
+ * to receive a pointer to this structure. There are no actual instances of
+ * jpeg_common_struct, only of jpeg_compress_struct and jpeg_decompress_struct.
+ */
+struct jpeg_common_struct {
+ jpeg_common_fields; /* Fields common to both master struct types */
+ /* Additional fields follow in an actual jpeg_compress_struct or
+ * jpeg_decompress_struct. All three structs must agree on these
+ * initial fields! (This would be a lot cleaner in C++.)
+ */
+};
+
+typedef struct jpeg_common_struct * j_common_ptr;
+typedef struct jpeg_compress_struct * j_compress_ptr;
+typedef struct jpeg_decompress_struct * j_decompress_ptr;
+
+
+/* Master record for a compression instance */
+
+struct jpeg_compress_struct {
+ jpeg_common_fields; /* Fields shared with jpeg_decompress_struct */
+
+ /* Destination for compressed data */
+ struct jpeg_destination_mgr * dest;
+
+ /* Description of source image --- these fields must be filled in by
+ * outer application before starting compression. in_color_space must
+ * be correct before you can even call jpeg_set_defaults().
+ */
+
+ JDIMENSION image_width; /* input image width */
+ JDIMENSION image_height; /* input image height */
+ int input_components; /* # of color components in input image */
+ J_COLOR_SPACE in_color_space; /* colorspace of input image */
+
+ double input_gamma; /* image gamma of input image */
+
+ /* Compression parameters --- these fields must be set before calling
+ * jpeg_start_compress(). We recommend calling jpeg_set_defaults() to
+ * initialize everything to reasonable defaults, then changing anything
+ * the application specifically wants to change. That way you won't get
+ * burnt when new parameters are added. Also note that there are several
+ * helper routines to simplify changing parameters.
+ */
+
+ unsigned int scale_num, scale_denom; /* fraction by which to scale image */
+
+ JDIMENSION jpeg_width; /* scaled JPEG image width */
+ JDIMENSION jpeg_height; /* scaled JPEG image height */
+ /* Dimensions of actual JPEG image that will be written to file,
+ * derived from input dimensions by scaling factors above.
+ * These fields are computed by jpeg_start_compress().
+ * You can also use jpeg_calc_jpeg_dimensions() to determine these values
+ * in advance of calling jpeg_start_compress().
+ */
+
+ int data_precision; /* bits of precision in image data */
+
+ int num_components; /* # of color components in JPEG image */
+ J_COLOR_SPACE jpeg_color_space; /* colorspace of JPEG image */
+
+ jpeg_component_info * comp_info;
+ /* comp_info[i] describes component that appears i'th in SOF */
+
+ JQUANT_TBL * quant_tbl_ptrs[NUM_QUANT_TBLS];
+ int q_scale_factor[NUM_QUANT_TBLS];
+ /* ptrs to coefficient quantization tables, or NULL if not defined,
+ * and corresponding scale factors (percentage, initialized 100).
+ */
+
+ JHUFF_TBL * dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS];
+ JHUFF_TBL * ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS];
+ /* ptrs to Huffman coding tables, or NULL if not defined */
+
+ UINT8 arith_dc_L[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* L values for DC arith-coding tables */
+ UINT8 arith_dc_U[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* U values for DC arith-coding tables */
+ UINT8 arith_ac_K[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* Kx values for AC arith-coding tables */
+
+ int num_scans; /* # of entries in scan_info array */
+ const jpeg_scan_info * scan_info; /* script for multi-scan file, or NULL */
+ /* The default value of scan_info is NULL, which causes a single-scan
+ * sequential JPEG file to be emitted. To create a multi-scan file,
+ * set num_scans and scan_info to point to an array of scan definitions.
+ */
+
+ boolean raw_data_in; /* TRUE=caller supplies downsampled data */
+ boolean arith_code; /* TRUE=arithmetic coding, FALSE=Huffman */
+ boolean optimize_coding; /* TRUE=optimize entropy encoding parms */
+ boolean CCIR601_sampling; /* TRUE=first samples are cosited */
+ boolean do_fancy_downsampling; /* TRUE=apply fancy downsampling */
+ int smoothing_factor; /* 1..100, or 0 for no input smoothing */
+ J_DCT_METHOD dct_method; /* DCT algorithm selector */
+
+ /* The restart interval can be specified in absolute MCUs by setting
+ * restart_interval, or in MCU rows by setting restart_in_rows
+ * (in which case the correct restart_interval will be figured
+ * for each scan).
+ */
+ unsigned int restart_interval; /* MCUs per restart, or 0 for no restart */
+ int restart_in_rows; /* if > 0, MCU rows per restart interval */
+
+ /* Parameters controlling emission of special markers. */
+
+ boolean write_JFIF_header; /* should a JFIF marker be written? */
+ UINT8 JFIF_major_version; /* What to write for the JFIF version number */
+ UINT8 JFIF_minor_version;
+ /* These three values are not used by the JPEG code, merely copied */
+ /* into the JFIF APP0 marker. density_unit can be 0 for unknown, */
+ /* 1 for dots/inch, or 2 for dots/cm. Note that the pixel aspect */
+ /* ratio is defined by X_density/Y_density even when density_unit=0. */
+ UINT8 density_unit; /* JFIF code for pixel size units */
+ UINT16 X_density; /* Horizontal pixel density */
+ UINT16 Y_density; /* Vertical pixel density */
+ boolean write_Adobe_marker; /* should an Adobe marker be written? */
+
+ J_COLOR_TRANSFORM color_transform;
+ /* Color transform identifier, writes LSE marker if nonzero */
+
+ /* State variable: index of next scanline to be written to
+ * jpeg_write_scanlines(). Application may use this to control its
+ * processing loop, e.g., "while (next_scanline < image_height)".
+ */
+
+ JDIMENSION next_scanline; /* 0 .. image_height-1 */
+
+ /* Remaining fields are known throughout compressor, but generally
+ * should not be touched by a surrounding application.
+ */
+
+ /*
+ * These fields are computed during compression startup
+ */
+ boolean progressive_mode; /* TRUE if scan script uses progressive mode */
+ int max_h_samp_factor; /* largest h_samp_factor */
+ int max_v_samp_factor; /* largest v_samp_factor */
+
+ int min_DCT_h_scaled_size; /* smallest DCT_h_scaled_size of any component */
+ int min_DCT_v_scaled_size; /* smallest DCT_v_scaled_size of any component */
+
+ JDIMENSION total_iMCU_rows; /* # of iMCU rows to be input to coef ctlr */
+ /* The coefficient controller receives data in units of MCU rows as defined
+ * for fully interleaved scans (whether the JPEG file is interleaved or not).
+ * There are v_samp_factor * DCT_v_scaled_size sample rows of each component
+ * in an "iMCU" (interleaved MCU) row.
+ */
+
+ /*
+ * These fields are valid during any one scan.
+ * They describe the components and MCUs actually appearing in the scan.
+ */
+ int comps_in_scan; /* # of JPEG components in this scan */
+ jpeg_component_info * cur_comp_info[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN];
+ /* *cur_comp_info[i] describes component that appears i'th in SOS */
+
+ JDIMENSION MCUs_per_row; /* # of MCUs across the image */
+ JDIMENSION MCU_rows_in_scan; /* # of MCU rows in the image */
+
+ int blocks_in_MCU; /* # of DCT blocks per MCU */
+ int MCU_membership[C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU];
+ /* MCU_membership[i] is index in cur_comp_info of component owning */
+ /* i'th block in an MCU */
+
+ int Ss, Se, Ah, Al; /* progressive JPEG parameters for scan */
+
+ int block_size; /* the basic DCT block size: 1..16 */
+ const int * natural_order; /* natural-order position array */
+ int lim_Se; /* min( Se, DCTSIZE2-1 ) */
+
+ /*
+ * Links to compression subobjects (methods and private variables of modules)
+ */
+ struct jpeg_comp_master * master;
+ struct jpeg_c_main_controller * main;
+ struct jpeg_c_prep_controller * prep;
+ struct jpeg_c_coef_controller * coef;
+ struct jpeg_marker_writer * marker;
+ struct jpeg_color_converter * cconvert;
+ struct jpeg_downsampler * downsample;
+ struct jpeg_forward_dct * fdct;
+ struct jpeg_entropy_encoder * entropy;
+ jpeg_scan_info * script_space; /* workspace for jpeg_simple_progression */
+ int script_space_size;
+};
+
+
+/* Master record for a decompression instance */
+
+struct jpeg_decompress_struct {
+ jpeg_common_fields; /* Fields shared with jpeg_compress_struct */
+
+ /* Source of compressed data */
+ struct jpeg_source_mgr * src;
+
+ /* Basic description of image --- filled in by jpeg_read_header(). */
+ /* Application may inspect these values to decide how to process image. */
+
+ JDIMENSION image_width; /* nominal image width (from SOF marker) */
+ JDIMENSION image_height; /* nominal image height */
+ int num_components; /* # of color components in JPEG image */
+ J_COLOR_SPACE jpeg_color_space; /* colorspace of JPEG image */
+
+ /* Decompression processing parameters --- these fields must be set before
+ * calling jpeg_start_decompress(). Note that jpeg_read_header() initializes
+ * them to default values.
+ */
+
+ J_COLOR_SPACE out_color_space; /* colorspace for output */
+
+ unsigned int scale_num, scale_denom; /* fraction by which to scale image */
+
+ double output_gamma; /* image gamma wanted in output */
+
+ boolean buffered_image; /* TRUE=multiple output passes */
+ boolean raw_data_out; /* TRUE=downsampled data wanted */
+
+ J_DCT_METHOD dct_method; /* IDCT algorithm selector */
+ boolean do_fancy_upsampling; /* TRUE=apply fancy upsampling */
+ boolean do_block_smoothing; /* TRUE=apply interblock smoothing */
+
+ boolean quantize_colors; /* TRUE=colormapped output wanted */
+ /* the following are ignored if not quantize_colors: */
+ J_DITHER_MODE dither_mode; /* type of color dithering to use */
+ boolean two_pass_quantize; /* TRUE=use two-pass color quantization */
+ int desired_number_of_colors; /* max # colors to use in created colormap */
+ /* these are significant only in buffered-image mode: */
+ boolean enable_1pass_quant; /* enable future use of 1-pass quantizer */
+ boolean enable_external_quant;/* enable future use of external colormap */
+ boolean enable_2pass_quant; /* enable future use of 2-pass quantizer */
+
+ /* Description of actual output image that will be returned to application.
+ * These fields are computed by jpeg_start_decompress().
+ * You can also use jpeg_calc_output_dimensions() to determine these values
+ * in advance of calling jpeg_start_decompress().
+ */
+
+ JDIMENSION output_width; /* scaled image width */
+ JDIMENSION output_height; /* scaled image height */
+ int out_color_components; /* # of color components in out_color_space */
+ int output_components; /* # of color components returned */
+ /* output_components is 1 (a colormap index) when quantizing colors;
+ * otherwise it equals out_color_components.
+ */
+ int rec_outbuf_height; /* min recommended height of scanline buffer */
+ /* If the buffer passed to jpeg_read_scanlines() is less than this many rows
+ * high, space and time will be wasted due to unnecessary data copying.
+ * Usually rec_outbuf_height will be 1 or 2, at most 4.
+ */
+
+ /* When quantizing colors, the output colormap is described by these fields.
+ * The application can supply a colormap by setting colormap non-NULL before
+ * calling jpeg_start_decompress; otherwise a colormap is created during
+ * jpeg_start_decompress or jpeg_start_output.
+ * The map has out_color_components rows and actual_number_of_colors columns.
+ */
+ int actual_number_of_colors; /* number of entries in use */
+ JSAMPARRAY colormap; /* The color map as a 2-D pixel array */
+
+ /* State variables: these variables indicate the progress of decompression.
+ * The application may examine these but must not modify them.
+ */
+
+ /* Row index of next scanline to be read from jpeg_read_scanlines().
+ * Application may use this to control its processing loop, e.g.,
+ * "while (output_scanline < output_height)".
+ */
+ JDIMENSION output_scanline; /* 0 .. output_height-1 */
+
+ /* Current input scan number and number of iMCU rows completed in scan.
+ * These indicate the progress of the decompressor input side.
+ */
+ int input_scan_number; /* Number of SOS markers seen so far */
+ JDIMENSION input_iMCU_row; /* Number of iMCU rows completed */
+
+ /* The "output scan number" is the notional scan being displayed by the
+ * output side. The decompressor will not allow output scan/row number
+ * to get ahead of input scan/row, but it can fall arbitrarily far behind.
+ */
+ int output_scan_number; /* Nominal scan number being displayed */
+ JDIMENSION output_iMCU_row; /* Number of iMCU rows read */
+
+ /* Current progression status. coef_bits[c][i] indicates the precision
+ * with which component c's DCT coefficient i (in zigzag order) is known.
+ * It is -1 when no data has yet been received, otherwise it is the point
+ * transform (shift) value for the most recent scan of the coefficient
+ * (thus, 0 at completion of the progression).
+ * This pointer is NULL when reading a non-progressive file.
+ */
+ int (*coef_bits)[DCTSIZE2]; /* -1 or current Al value for each coef */
+
+ /* Internal JPEG parameters --- the application usually need not look at
+ * these fields. Note that the decompressor output side may not use
+ * any parameters that can change between scans.
+ */
+
+ /* Quantization and Huffman tables are carried forward across input
+ * datastreams when processing abbreviated JPEG datastreams.
+ */
+
+ JQUANT_TBL * quant_tbl_ptrs[NUM_QUANT_TBLS];
+ /* ptrs to coefficient quantization tables, or NULL if not defined */
+
+ JHUFF_TBL * dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS];
+ JHUFF_TBL * ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS];
+ /* ptrs to Huffman coding tables, or NULL if not defined */
+
+ /* These parameters are never carried across datastreams, since they
+ * are given in SOF/SOS markers or defined to be reset by SOI.
+ */
+
+ int data_precision; /* bits of precision in image data */
+
+ jpeg_component_info * comp_info;
+ /* comp_info[i] describes component that appears i'th in SOF */
+
+ boolean is_baseline; /* TRUE if Baseline SOF0 encountered */
+ boolean progressive_mode; /* TRUE if SOFn specifies progressive mode */
+ boolean arith_code; /* TRUE=arithmetic coding, FALSE=Huffman */
+
+ UINT8 arith_dc_L[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* L values for DC arith-coding tables */
+ UINT8 arith_dc_U[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* U values for DC arith-coding tables */
+ UINT8 arith_ac_K[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* Kx values for AC arith-coding tables */
+
+ unsigned int restart_interval; /* MCUs per restart interval, or 0 for no restart */
+
+ /* These fields record data obtained from optional markers recognized by
+ * the JPEG library.
+ */
+ boolean saw_JFIF_marker; /* TRUE iff a JFIF APP0 marker was found */
+ /* Data copied from JFIF marker; only valid if saw_JFIF_marker is TRUE: */
+ UINT8 JFIF_major_version; /* JFIF version number */
+ UINT8 JFIF_minor_version;
+ UINT8 density_unit; /* JFIF code for pixel size units */
+ UINT16 X_density; /* Horizontal pixel density */
+ UINT16 Y_density; /* Vertical pixel density */
+ boolean saw_Adobe_marker; /* TRUE iff an Adobe APP14 marker was found */
+ UINT8 Adobe_transform; /* Color transform code from Adobe marker */
+
+ J_COLOR_TRANSFORM color_transform;
+ /* Color transform identifier derived from LSE marker, otherwise zero */
+
+ boolean CCIR601_sampling; /* TRUE=first samples are cosited */
+
+ /* Aside from the specific data retained from APPn markers known to the
+ * library, the uninterpreted contents of any or all APPn and COM markers
+ * can be saved in a list for examination by the application.
+ */
+ jpeg_saved_marker_ptr marker_list; /* Head of list of saved markers */
+
+ /* Remaining fields are known throughout decompressor, but generally
+ * should not be touched by a surrounding application.
+ */
+
+ /*
+ * These fields are computed during decompression startup
+ */
+ int max_h_samp_factor; /* largest h_samp_factor */
+ int max_v_samp_factor; /* largest v_samp_factor */
+
+ int min_DCT_h_scaled_size; /* smallest DCT_h_scaled_size of any component */
+ int min_DCT_v_scaled_size; /* smallest DCT_v_scaled_size of any component */
+
+ JDIMENSION total_iMCU_rows; /* # of iMCU rows in image */
+ /* The coefficient controller's input and output progress is measured in
+ * units of "iMCU" (interleaved MCU) rows. These are the same as MCU rows
+ * in fully interleaved JPEG scans, but are used whether the scan is
+ * interleaved or not. We define an iMCU row as v_samp_factor DCT block
+ * rows of each component. Therefore, the IDCT output contains
+ * v_samp_factor * DCT_v_scaled_size sample rows of a component per iMCU row.
+ */
+
+ JSAMPLE * sample_range_limit; /* table for fast range-limiting */
+
+ /*
+ * These fields are valid during any one scan.
+ * They describe the components and MCUs actually appearing in the scan.
+ * Note that the decompressor output side must not use these fields.
+ */
+ int comps_in_scan; /* # of JPEG components in this scan */
+ jpeg_component_info * cur_comp_info[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN];
+ /* *cur_comp_info[i] describes component that appears i'th in SOS */
+
+ JDIMENSION MCUs_per_row; /* # of MCUs across the image */
+ JDIMENSION MCU_rows_in_scan; /* # of MCU rows in the image */
+
+ int blocks_in_MCU; /* # of DCT blocks per MCU */
+ int MCU_membership[D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU];
+ /* MCU_membership[i] is index in cur_comp_info of component owning */
+ /* i'th block in an MCU */
+
+ int Ss, Se, Ah, Al; /* progressive JPEG parameters for scan */
+
+ /* These fields are derived from Se of first SOS marker.
+ */
+ int block_size; /* the basic DCT block size: 1..16 */
+ const int * natural_order; /* natural-order position array for entropy decode */
+ int lim_Se; /* min( Se, DCTSIZE2-1 ) for entropy decode */
+
+ /* This field is shared between entropy decoder and marker parser.
+ * It is either zero or the code of a JPEG marker that has been
+ * read from the data source, but has not yet been processed.
+ */
+ int unread_marker;
+
+ /*
+ * Links to decompression subobjects (methods, private variables of modules)
+ */
+ struct jpeg_decomp_master * master;
+ struct jpeg_d_main_controller * main;
+ struct jpeg_d_coef_controller * coef;
+ struct jpeg_d_post_controller * post;
+ struct jpeg_input_controller * inputctl;
+ struct jpeg_marker_reader * marker;
+ struct jpeg_entropy_decoder * entropy;
+ struct jpeg_inverse_dct * idct;
+ struct jpeg_upsampler * upsample;
+ struct jpeg_color_deconverter * cconvert;
+ struct jpeg_color_quantizer * cquantize;
+};
+
+
+/* "Object" declarations for JPEG modules that may be supplied or called
+ * directly by the surrounding application.
+ * As with all objects in the JPEG library, these structs only define the
+ * publicly visible methods and state variables of a module. Additional
+ * private fields may exist after the public ones.
+ */
+
+
+/* Error handler object */
+
+struct jpeg_error_mgr {
+ /* Error exit handler: does not return to caller */
+ JMETHOD(noreturn_t, error_exit, (j_common_ptr cinfo));
+ /* Conditionally emit a trace or warning message */
+ JMETHOD(void, emit_message, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int msg_level));
+ /* Routine that actually outputs a trace or error message */
+ JMETHOD(void, output_message, (j_common_ptr cinfo));
+ /* Format a message string for the most recent JPEG error or message */
+ JMETHOD(void, format_message, (j_common_ptr cinfo, char * buffer));
+#define JMSG_LENGTH_MAX 200 /* recommended size of format_message buffer */
+ /* Reset error state variables at start of a new image */
+ JMETHOD(void, reset_error_mgr, (j_common_ptr cinfo));
+
+ /* The message ID code and any parameters are saved here.
+ * A message can have one string parameter or up to 8 int parameters.
+ */
+ int msg_code;
+#define JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX 80
+ union {
+ int i[8];
+ char s[JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX];
+ } msg_parm;
+
+ /* Standard state variables for error facility */
+
+ int trace_level; /* max msg_level that will be displayed */
+
+ /* For recoverable corrupt-data errors, we emit a warning message,
+ * but keep going unless emit_message chooses to abort. emit_message
+ * should count warnings in num_warnings. The surrounding application
+ * can check for bad data by seeing if num_warnings is nonzero at the
+ * end of processing.
+ */
+ long num_warnings; /* number of corrupt-data warnings */
+
+ /* These fields point to the table(s) of error message strings.
+ * An application can change the table pointer to switch to a different
+ * message list (typically, to change the language in which errors are
+ * reported). Some applications may wish to add additional error codes
+ * that will be handled by the JPEG library error mechanism; the second
+ * table pointer is used for this purpose.
+ *
+ * First table includes all errors generated by JPEG library itself.
+ * Error code 0 is reserved for a "no such error string" message.
+ */
+ const char * const * jpeg_message_table; /* Library errors */
+ int last_jpeg_message; /* Table contains strings 0..last_jpeg_message */
+ /* Second table can be added by application (see cjpeg/djpeg for example).
+ * It contains strings numbered first_addon_message..last_addon_message.
+ */
+ const char * const * addon_message_table; /* Non-library errors */
+ int first_addon_message; /* code for first string in addon table */
+ int last_addon_message; /* code for last string in addon table */
+};
+
+
+/* Progress monitor object */
+
+struct jpeg_progress_mgr {
+ JMETHOD(void, progress_monitor, (j_common_ptr cinfo));
+
+ long pass_counter; /* work units completed in this pass */
+ long pass_limit; /* total number of work units in this pass */
+ int completed_passes; /* passes completed so far */
+ int total_passes; /* total number of passes expected */
+};
+
+
+/* Data destination object for compression */
+
+struct jpeg_destination_mgr {
+ JOCTET * next_output_byte; /* => next byte to write in buffer */
+ size_t free_in_buffer; /* # of byte spaces remaining in buffer */
+
+ JMETHOD(void, init_destination, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
+ JMETHOD(boolean, empty_output_buffer, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
+ JMETHOD(void, term_destination, (j_compress_ptr cinfo));
+};
+
+
+/* Data source object for decompression */
+
+struct jpeg_source_mgr {
+ const JOCTET * next_input_byte; /* => next byte to read from buffer */
+ size_t bytes_in_buffer; /* # of bytes remaining in buffer */
+
+ JMETHOD(void, init_source, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
+ JMETHOD(boolean, fill_input_buffer, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
+ JMETHOD(void, skip_input_data, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, long num_bytes));
+ JMETHOD(boolean, resync_to_restart, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int desired));
+ JMETHOD(void, term_source, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
+};
+
+
+/* Memory manager object.
+ * Allocates "small" objects (a few K total), "large" objects (tens of K),
+ * and "really big" objects (virtual arrays with backing store if needed).
+ * The memory manager does not allow individual objects to be freed; rather,
+ * each created object is assigned to a pool, and whole pools can be freed
+ * at once. This is faster and more convenient than remembering exactly what
+ * to free, especially where malloc()/free() are not too speedy.
+ * NB: alloc routines never return NULL. They exit to error_exit if not
+ * successful.
+ */
+
+#define JPOOL_PERMANENT 0 /* lasts until master record is destroyed */
+#define JPOOL_IMAGE 1 /* lasts until done with image/datastream */
+#define JPOOL_NUMPOOLS 2
+
+typedef struct jvirt_sarray_control * jvirt_sarray_ptr;
+typedef struct jvirt_barray_control * jvirt_barray_ptr;
+
+
+struct jpeg_memory_mgr {
+ /* Method pointers */
+ JMETHOD(void *, alloc_small, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id,
+ size_t sizeofobject));
+ JMETHOD(void FAR *, alloc_large, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id,
+ size_t sizeofobject));
+ JMETHOD(JSAMPARRAY, alloc_sarray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id,
+ JDIMENSION samplesperrow,
+ JDIMENSION numrows));
+ JMETHOD(JBLOCKARRAY, alloc_barray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id,
+ JDIMENSION blocksperrow,
+ JDIMENSION numrows));
+ JMETHOD(jvirt_sarray_ptr, request_virt_sarray, (j_common_ptr cinfo,
+ int pool_id,
+ boolean pre_zero,
+ JDIMENSION samplesperrow,
+ JDIMENSION numrows,
+ JDIMENSION maxaccess));
+ JMETHOD(jvirt_barray_ptr, request_virt_barray, (j_common_ptr cinfo,
+ int pool_id,
+ boolean pre_zero,
+ JDIMENSION blocksperrow,
+ JDIMENSION numrows,
+ JDIMENSION maxaccess));
+ JMETHOD(void, realize_virt_arrays, (j_common_ptr cinfo));
+ JMETHOD(JSAMPARRAY, access_virt_sarray, (j_common_ptr cinfo,
+ jvirt_sarray_ptr ptr,
+ JDIMENSION start_row,
+ JDIMENSION num_rows,
+ boolean writable));
+ JMETHOD(JBLOCKARRAY, access_virt_barray, (j_common_ptr cinfo,
+ jvirt_barray_ptr ptr,
+ JDIMENSION start_row,
+ JDIMENSION num_rows,
+ boolean writable));
+ JMETHOD(void, free_pool, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id));
+ JMETHOD(void, self_destruct, (j_common_ptr cinfo));
+
+ /* Limit on memory allocation for this JPEG object. (Note that this is
+ * merely advisory, not a guaranteed maximum; it only affects the space
+ * used for virtual-array buffers.) May be changed by outer application
+ * after creating the JPEG object.
+ */
+ long max_memory_to_use;
+
+ /* Maximum allocation request accepted by alloc_large. */
+ long max_alloc_chunk;
+};
+
+
+/* Routine signature for application-supplied marker processing methods.
+ * Need not pass marker code since it is stored in cinfo->unread_marker.
+ */
+typedef JMETHOD(boolean, jpeg_marker_parser_method, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
+
+
+/* Declarations for routines called by application.
+ * The JPP macro hides prototype parameters from compilers that can't cope.
+ * Note JPP requires double parentheses.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES
+#define JPP(arglist) arglist
+#else
+#define JPP(arglist) ()
+#endif
+
+
+/* Short forms of external names for systems with brain-damaged linkers.
+ * We shorten external names to be unique in the first six letters, which
+ * is good enough for all known systems.
+ * (If your compiler itself needs names to be unique in less than 15
+ * characters, you are out of luck. Get a better compiler.)
+ */
+
+#ifdef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES
+#define jpeg_std_error jStdError
+#define jpeg_CreateCompress jCreaCompress
+#define jpeg_CreateDecompress jCreaDecompress
+#define jpeg_destroy_compress jDestCompress
+#define jpeg_destroy_decompress jDestDecompress
+#define jpeg_stdio_dest jStdDest
+#define jpeg_stdio_src jStdSrc
+#define jpeg_mem_dest jMemDest
+#define jpeg_mem_src jMemSrc
+#define jpeg_set_defaults jSetDefaults
+#define jpeg_set_colorspace jSetColorspace
+#define jpeg_default_colorspace jDefColorspace
+#define jpeg_set_quality jSetQuality
+#define jpeg_set_linear_quality jSetLQuality
+#define jpeg_default_qtables jDefQTables
+#define jpeg_add_quant_table jAddQuantTable
+#define jpeg_quality_scaling jQualityScaling
+#define jpeg_simple_progression jSimProgress
+#define jpeg_suppress_tables jSuppressTables
+#define jpeg_alloc_quant_table jAlcQTable
+#define jpeg_alloc_huff_table jAlcHTable
+#define jpeg_std_huff_table jStdHTable
+#define jpeg_start_compress jStrtCompress
+#define jpeg_write_scanlines jWrtScanlines
+#define jpeg_finish_compress jFinCompress
+#define jpeg_calc_jpeg_dimensions jCjpegDimensions
+#define jpeg_write_raw_data jWrtRawData
+#define jpeg_write_marker jWrtMarker
+#define jpeg_write_m_header jWrtMHeader
+#define jpeg_write_m_byte jWrtMByte
+#define jpeg_write_tables jWrtTables
+#define jpeg_read_header jReadHeader
+#define jpeg_start_decompress jStrtDecompress
+#define jpeg_read_scanlines jReadScanlines
+#define jpeg_finish_decompress jFinDecompress
+#define jpeg_read_raw_data jReadRawData
+#define jpeg_has_multiple_scans jHasMultScn
+#define jpeg_start_output jStrtOutput
+#define jpeg_finish_output jFinOutput
+#define jpeg_input_complete jInComplete
+#define jpeg_new_colormap jNewCMap
+#define jpeg_consume_input jConsumeInput
+#define jpeg_core_output_dimensions jCoreDimensions
+#define jpeg_calc_output_dimensions jCalcDimensions
+#define jpeg_save_markers jSaveMarkers
+#define jpeg_set_marker_processor jSetMarker
+#define jpeg_read_coefficients jReadCoefs
+#define jpeg_write_coefficients jWrtCoefs
+#define jpeg_copy_critical_parameters jCopyCrit
+#define jpeg_abort_compress jAbrtCompress
+#define jpeg_abort_decompress jAbrtDecompress
+#define jpeg_abort jAbort
+#define jpeg_destroy jDestroy
+#define jpeg_resync_to_restart jResyncRestart
+#endif /* NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */
+
+
+/* Default error-management setup */
+EXTERN(struct jpeg_error_mgr *) jpeg_std_error
+ JPP((struct jpeg_error_mgr * err));
+
+/* Initialization of JPEG compression objects.
+ * jpeg_create_compress() and jpeg_create_decompress() are the exported
+ * names that applications should call. These expand to calls on
+ * jpeg_CreateCompress and jpeg_CreateDecompress with additional information
+ * passed for version mismatch checking.
+ * NB: you must set up the error-manager BEFORE calling jpeg_create_xxx.
+ */
+#define jpeg_create_compress(cinfo) \
+ jpeg_CreateCompress((cinfo), JPEG_LIB_VERSION, \
+ (size_t) sizeof(struct jpeg_compress_struct))
+#define jpeg_create_decompress(cinfo) \
+ jpeg_CreateDecompress((cinfo), JPEG_LIB_VERSION, \
+ (size_t) sizeof(struct jpeg_decompress_struct))
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_CreateCompress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
+ int version, size_t structsize));
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_CreateDecompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
+ int version, size_t structsize));
+/* Destruction of JPEG compression objects */
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_destroy_compress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_destroy_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
+
+/* Standard data source and destination managers: stdio streams. */
+/* Caller is responsible for opening the file before and closing after. */
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_stdio_dest JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, FILE * outfile));
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_stdio_src JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, FILE * infile));
+
+/* Data source and destination managers: memory buffers. */
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_mem_dest JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
+ unsigned char ** outbuffer,
+ size_t * outsize));
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_mem_src JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
+ const unsigned char * inbuffer,
+ size_t insize));
+
+/* Default parameter setup for compression */
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_defaults JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
+/* Compression parameter setup aids */
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_colorspace JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
+ J_COLOR_SPACE colorspace));
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_default_colorspace JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_quality JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int quality,
+ boolean force_baseline));
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_linear_quality JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
+ int scale_factor,
+ boolean force_baseline));
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_default_qtables JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
+ boolean force_baseline));
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_add_quant_table JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int which_tbl,
+ const unsigned int *basic_table,
+ int scale_factor,
+ boolean force_baseline));
+EXTERN(int) jpeg_quality_scaling JPP((int quality));
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_simple_progression JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_suppress_tables JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
+ boolean suppress));
+EXTERN(JQUANT_TBL *) jpeg_alloc_quant_table JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo));
+EXTERN(JHUFF_TBL *) jpeg_alloc_huff_table JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo));
+EXTERN(JHUFF_TBL *) jpeg_std_huff_table JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo,
+ boolean isDC, int tblno));
+
+/* Main entry points for compression */
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_start_compress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
+ boolean write_all_tables));
+EXTERN(JDIMENSION) jpeg_write_scanlines JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
+ JSAMPARRAY scanlines,
+ JDIMENSION num_lines));
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_finish_compress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
+
+/* Precalculate JPEG dimensions for current compression parameters. */
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_calc_jpeg_dimensions JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
+
+/* Replaces jpeg_write_scanlines when writing raw downsampled data. */
+EXTERN(JDIMENSION) jpeg_write_raw_data JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
+ JSAMPIMAGE data,
+ JDIMENSION num_lines));
+
+/* Write a special marker. See libjpeg.txt concerning safe usage. */
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_marker
+ JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker,
+ const JOCTET * dataptr, unsigned int datalen));
+/* Same, but piecemeal. */
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_m_header
+ JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker, unsigned int datalen));
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_m_byte
+ JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int val));
+
+/* Alternate compression function: just write an abbreviated table file */
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_tables JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
+
+/* Decompression startup: read start of JPEG datastream to see what's there */
+EXTERN(int) jpeg_read_header JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
+ boolean require_image));
+/* Return value is one of: */
+#define JPEG_SUSPENDED 0 /* Suspended due to lack of input data */
+#define JPEG_HEADER_OK 1 /* Found valid image datastream */
+#define JPEG_HEADER_TABLES_ONLY 2 /* Found valid table-specs-only datastream */
+/* If you pass require_image = TRUE (normal case), you need not check for
+ * a TABLES_ONLY return code; an abbreviated file will cause an error exit.
+ * JPEG_SUSPENDED is only possible if you use a data source module that can
+ * give a suspension return (the stdio source module doesn't).
+ */
+
+/* Main entry points for decompression */
+EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_start_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
+EXTERN(JDIMENSION) jpeg_read_scanlines JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
+ JSAMPARRAY scanlines,
+ JDIMENSION max_lines));
+EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_finish_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
+
+/* Replaces jpeg_read_scanlines when reading raw downsampled data. */
+EXTERN(JDIMENSION) jpeg_read_raw_data JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
+ JSAMPIMAGE data,
+ JDIMENSION max_lines));
+
+/* Additional entry points for buffered-image mode. */
+EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_has_multiple_scans JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
+EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_start_output JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
+ int scan_number));
+EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_finish_output JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
+EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_input_complete JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_new_colormap JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
+EXTERN(int) jpeg_consume_input JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
+/* Return value is one of: */
+/* #define JPEG_SUSPENDED 0 Suspended due to lack of input data */
+#define JPEG_REACHED_SOS 1 /* Reached start of new scan */
+#define JPEG_REACHED_EOI 2 /* Reached end of image */
+#define JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED 3 /* Completed one iMCU row */
+#define JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED 4 /* Completed last iMCU row of a scan */
+
+/* Precalculate output dimensions for current decompression parameters. */
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_core_output_dimensions JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_calc_output_dimensions JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
+
+/* Control saving of COM and APPn markers into marker_list. */
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_save_markers
+ JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int marker_code,
+ unsigned int length_limit));
+
+/* Install a special processing method for COM or APPn markers. */
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_marker_processor
+ JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int marker_code,
+ jpeg_marker_parser_method routine));
+
+/* Read or write raw DCT coefficients --- useful for lossless transcoding. */
+EXTERN(jvirt_barray_ptr *) jpeg_read_coefficients JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_coefficients JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo,
+ jvirt_barray_ptr * coef_arrays));
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_copy_critical_parameters JPP((j_decompress_ptr srcinfo,
+ j_compress_ptr dstinfo));
+
+/* If you choose to abort compression or decompression before completing
+ * jpeg_finish_(de)compress, then you need to clean up to release memory,
+ * temporary files, etc. You can just call jpeg_destroy_(de)compress
+ * if you're done with the JPEG object, but if you want to clean it up and
+ * reuse it, call this:
+ */
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_abort_compress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo));
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_abort_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo));
+
+/* Generic versions of jpeg_abort and jpeg_destroy that work on either
+ * flavor of JPEG object. These may be more convenient in some places.
+ */
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_abort JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo));
+EXTERN(void) jpeg_destroy JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo));
+
+/* Default restart-marker-resync procedure for use by data source modules */
+EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_resync_to_restart JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo,
+ int desired));
+
+
+/* These marker codes are exported since applications and data source modules
+ * are likely to want to use them.
+ */
+
+#define JPEG_RST0 0xD0 /* RST0 marker code */
+#define JPEG_EOI 0xD9 /* EOI marker code */
+#define JPEG_APP0 0xE0 /* APP0 marker code */
+#define JPEG_COM 0xFE /* COM marker code */
+
+
+/* If we have a brain-damaged compiler that emits warnings (or worse, errors)
+ * for structure definitions that are never filled in, keep it quiet by
+ * supplying dummy definitions for the various substructures.
+ */
+
+#ifdef INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN
+#ifndef JPEG_INTERNALS /* will be defined in jpegint.h */
+struct jvirt_sarray_control { long dummy; };
+struct jvirt_barray_control { long dummy; };
+struct jpeg_comp_master { long dummy; };
+struct jpeg_c_main_controller { long dummy; };
+struct jpeg_c_prep_controller { long dummy; };
+struct jpeg_c_coef_controller { long dummy; };
+struct jpeg_marker_writer { long dummy; };
+struct jpeg_color_converter { long dummy; };
+struct jpeg_downsampler { long dummy; };
+struct jpeg_forward_dct { long dummy; };
+struct jpeg_entropy_encoder { long dummy; };
+struct jpeg_decomp_master { long dummy; };
+struct jpeg_d_main_controller { long dummy; };
+struct jpeg_d_coef_controller { long dummy; };
+struct jpeg_d_post_controller { long dummy; };
+struct jpeg_input_controller { long dummy; };
+struct jpeg_marker_reader { long dummy; };
+struct jpeg_entropy_decoder { long dummy; };
+struct jpeg_inverse_dct { long dummy; };
+struct jpeg_upsampler { long dummy; };
+struct jpeg_color_deconverter { long dummy; };
+struct jpeg_color_quantizer { long dummy; };
+#endif /* JPEG_INTERNALS */
+#endif /* INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN */
+
+
+/*
+ * The JPEG library modules define JPEG_INTERNALS before including this file.
+ * The internal structure declarations are read only when that is true.
+ * Applications using the library should not include jpegint.h, but may wish
+ * to include jerror.h.
+ */
+
+#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS
+#include "jpegint.h" /* fetch private declarations */
+#include "jerror.h" /* fetch error codes too */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#ifndef DONT_USE_EXTERN_C
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* JPEGLIB_H */
# endif
#endif
+
/*
* WARNING: This file is automatically generated by the tools/genStubs.tcl
* script. Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
-
/*
* Exported function declarations:
*/
-
+EXTERN Tcl_Var Tcl_FindNamespaceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, Tcl_Namespace *contextNsPtr, int flags);
+EXTERN void Tcl_GetVariableFullName(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Var variable, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
+EXTERN void Tcl_PopCallFrame(Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 129 */
+EXTERN int Tcl_PushCallFrame(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_CallFrame *framePtr, Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr, int isProcCallFrame);
/* 0 */
EXTERN int Tcl_PkgProvideEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *name, const char *version,
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * tclIntDecls.h --
+ *
+ * This file contains the declarations for all unsupported
+ * functions that are exported by the Tcl library. These
+ * interfaces are not guaranteed to remain the same between
+ * versions. Use at your own risk.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TCLINTDECLS
+#define _TCLINTDECLS
+
+#include "tclPort.h"
+
+#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
+#ifdef BUILD_tcl
+# define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
+#else
+# ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS
+# define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
+# else
+# define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* [Bug #803489] Tcl_FindNamespace problem in the Stubs table */
+#undef Tcl_CreateNamespace
+#undef Tcl_DeleteNamespace
+#undef Tcl_AppendExportList
+#undef Tcl_Export
+#undef Tcl_Import
+#undef Tcl_ForgetImport
+#undef Tcl_GetCurrentNamespace
+#undef Tcl_GetGlobalNamespace
+#undef Tcl_FindNamespace
+#undef Tcl_FindCommand
+#undef Tcl_GetCommandFromObj
+#undef Tcl_GetCommandFullName
+#undef Tcl_SetStartupScript
+#undef Tcl_GetStartupScript
+
+/*
+ * WARNING: This file is automatically generated by the tools/genStubs.tcl
+ * script. Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made
+ * in the generic/tclInt.decls script.
+ */
+
+/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Exported function declarations:
+ */
+
+/* Slot 0 is reserved */
+/* Slot 1 is reserved */
+/* Slot 2 is reserved */
+/* 3 */
+EXTERN void TclAllocateFreeObjects(void);
+/* Slot 4 is reserved */
+/* 5 */
+EXTERN int TclCleanupChildren(Tcl_Interp *interp, int numPids,
+ Tcl_Pid *pidPtr, Tcl_Channel errorChan);
+/* 6 */
+EXTERN void TclCleanupCommand(Command *cmdPtr);
+/* 7 */
+EXTERN int TclCopyAndCollapse(int count, const char *src,
+ char *dst);
+/* 8 */
+EXTERN int TclCopyChannelOld(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Channel inChan, Tcl_Channel outChan,
+ int toRead, Tcl_Obj *cmdPtr);
+/* 9 */
+EXTERN int TclCreatePipeline(Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
+ const char **argv, Tcl_Pid **pidArrayPtr,
+ TclFile *inPipePtr, TclFile *outPipePtr,
+ TclFile *errFilePtr);
+/* 10 */
+EXTERN int TclCreateProc(Tcl_Interp *interp, Namespace *nsPtr,
+ const char *procName, Tcl_Obj *argsPtr,
+ Tcl_Obj *bodyPtr, Proc **procPtrPtr);
+/* 11 */
+EXTERN void TclDeleteCompiledLocalVars(Interp *iPtr,
+ CallFrame *framePtr);
+/* 12 */
+EXTERN void TclDeleteVars(Interp *iPtr,
+ TclVarHashTable *tablePtr);
+/* Slot 13 is reserved */
+/* 14 */
+EXTERN int TclDumpMemoryInfo(ClientData clientData, int flags);
+/* Slot 15 is reserved */
+/* 16 */
+EXTERN void TclExprFloatError(Tcl_Interp *interp, double value);
+/* Slot 17 is reserved */
+/* Slot 18 is reserved */
+/* Slot 19 is reserved */
+/* Slot 20 is reserved */
+/* Slot 21 is reserved */
+/* 22 */
+EXTERN int TclFindElement(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ const char *listStr, int listLength,
+ const char **elementPtr,
+ const char **nextPtr, int *sizePtr,
+ int *bracePtr);
+/* 23 */
+EXTERN Proc * TclFindProc(Interp *iPtr, const char *procName);
+/* 24 */
+EXTERN int TclFormatInt(char *buffer, long n);
+/* 25 */
+EXTERN void TclFreePackageInfo(Interp *iPtr);
+/* Slot 26 is reserved */
+/* Slot 27 is reserved */
+/* 28 */
+EXTERN Tcl_Channel TclpGetDefaultStdChannel(int type);
+/* Slot 29 is reserved */
+/* Slot 30 is reserved */
+/* 31 */
+EXTERN const char * TclGetExtension(const char *name);
+/* 32 */
+EXTERN int TclGetFrame(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str,
+ CallFrame **framePtrPtr);
+/* Slot 33 is reserved */
+/* 34 */
+EXTERN int TclGetIntForIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int endValue, int *indexPtr);
+/* Slot 35 is reserved */
+/* Slot 36 is reserved */
+/* 37 */
+EXTERN int TclGetLoadedPackages(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ const char *targetName);
+/* 38 */
+EXTERN int TclGetNamespaceForQualName(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ const char *qualName, Namespace *cxtNsPtr,
+ int flags, Namespace **nsPtrPtr,
+ Namespace **altNsPtrPtr,
+ Namespace **actualCxtPtrPtr,
+ const char **simpleNamePtr);
+/* 39 */
+EXTERN TclObjCmdProcType TclGetObjInterpProc(void);
+/* 40 */
+EXTERN int TclGetOpenMode(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str,
+ int *seekFlagPtr);
+/* 41 */
+EXTERN Tcl_Command TclGetOriginalCommand(Tcl_Command command);
+/* 42 */
+EXTERN CONST86 char * TclpGetUserHome(const char *name,
+ Tcl_DString *bufferPtr);
+/* Slot 43 is reserved */
+/* 44 */
+EXTERN int TclGuessPackageName(const char *fileName,
+ Tcl_DString *bufPtr);
+/* 45 */
+EXTERN int TclHideUnsafeCommands(Tcl_Interp *interp);
+/* 46 */
+EXTERN int TclInExit(void);
+/* Slot 47 is reserved */
+/* Slot 48 is reserved */
+/* Slot 49 is reserved */
+/* 50 */
+EXTERN void TclInitCompiledLocals(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ CallFrame *framePtr, Namespace *nsPtr);
+/* 51 */
+EXTERN int TclInterpInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);
+/* Slot 52 is reserved */
+/* 53 */
+EXTERN int TclInvokeObjectCommand(ClientData clientData,
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
+ CONST84 char **argv);
+/* 54 */
+EXTERN int TclInvokeStringCommand(ClientData clientData,
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+/* 55 */
+EXTERN Proc * TclIsProc(Command *cmdPtr);
+/* Slot 56 is reserved */
+/* Slot 57 is reserved */
+/* 58 */
+EXTERN Var * TclLookupVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
+ const char *part2, int flags,
+ const char *msg, int createPart1,
+ int createPart2, Var **arrayPtrPtr);
+/* Slot 59 is reserved */
+/* 60 */
+EXTERN int TclNeedSpace(const char *start, const char *end);
+/* 61 */
+EXTERN Tcl_Obj * TclNewProcBodyObj(Proc *procPtr);
+/* 62 */
+EXTERN int TclObjCommandComplete(Tcl_Obj *cmdPtr);
+/* 63 */
+EXTERN int TclObjInterpProc(ClientData clientData,
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+/* 64 */
+EXTERN int TclObjInvoke(Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
+/* Slot 65 is reserved */
+/* Slot 66 is reserved */
+/* Slot 67 is reserved */
+/* Slot 68 is reserved */
+/* 69 */
+EXTERN char * TclpAlloc(unsigned int size);
+/* Slot 70 is reserved */
+/* Slot 71 is reserved */
+/* Slot 72 is reserved */
+/* Slot 73 is reserved */
+/* 74 */
+EXTERN void TclpFree(char *ptr);
+/* 75 */
+EXTERN unsigned long TclpGetClicks(void);
+/* 76 */
+EXTERN unsigned long TclpGetSeconds(void);
+/* 77 */
+EXTERN void TclpGetTime(Tcl_Time *time);
+/* Slot 78 is reserved */
+/* Slot 79 is reserved */
+/* Slot 80 is reserved */
+/* 81 */
+EXTERN char * TclpRealloc(char *ptr, unsigned int size);
+/* Slot 82 is reserved */
+/* Slot 83 is reserved */
+/* Slot 84 is reserved */
+/* Slot 85 is reserved */
+/* Slot 86 is reserved */
+/* Slot 87 is reserved */
+/* 88 */
+EXTERN char * TclPrecTraceProc(ClientData clientData,
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1,
+ const char *name2, int flags);
+/* 89 */
+EXTERN int TclPreventAliasLoop(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Interp *cmdInterp, Tcl_Command cmd);
+/* Slot 90 is reserved */
+/* 91 */
+EXTERN void TclProcCleanupProc(Proc *procPtr);
+/* 92 */
+EXTERN int TclProcCompileProc(Tcl_Interp *interp, Proc *procPtr,
+ Tcl_Obj *bodyPtr, Namespace *nsPtr,
+ const char *description,
+ const char *procName);
+/* 93 */
+EXTERN void TclProcDeleteProc(ClientData clientData);
+/* Slot 94 is reserved */
+/* Slot 95 is reserved */
+/* 96 */
+EXTERN int TclRenameCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ const char *oldName, const char *newName);
+/* 97 */
+EXTERN void TclResetShadowedCmdRefs(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Command *newCmdPtr);
+/* 98 */
+EXTERN int TclServiceIdle(void);
+/* Slot 99 is reserved */
+/* Slot 100 is reserved */
+/* 101 */
+EXTERN CONST86 char * TclSetPreInitScript(const char *string);
+/* 102 */
+EXTERN void TclSetupEnv(Tcl_Interp *interp);
+/* 103 */
+EXTERN int TclSockGetPort(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str,
+ const char *proto, int *portPtr);
+/* 104 */
+EXTERN int TclSockMinimumBuffersOld(int sock, int size);
+/* Slot 105 is reserved */
+/* Slot 106 is reserved */
+/* Slot 107 is reserved */
+/* 108 */
+EXTERN void TclTeardownNamespace(Namespace *nsPtr);
+/* 109 */
+EXTERN int TclUpdateReturnInfo(Interp *iPtr);
+/* 110 */
+EXTERN int TclSockMinimumBuffers(void *sock, int size);
+/* 111 */
+EXTERN void Tcl_AddInterpResolvers(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ const char *name,
+ Tcl_ResolveCmdProc *cmdProc,
+ Tcl_ResolveVarProc *varProc,
+ Tcl_ResolveCompiledVarProc *compiledVarProc);
+/* 112 */
+EXTERN int Tcl_AppendExportList(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
+/* 113 */
+EXTERN Tcl_Namespace * Tcl_CreateNamespace(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ const char *name, ClientData clientData,
+ Tcl_NamespaceDeleteProc *deleteProc);
+/* 114 */
+EXTERN void Tcl_DeleteNamespace(Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr);
+/* 115 */
+EXTERN int Tcl_Export(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr,
+ const char *pattern, int resetListFirst);
+/* 116 */
+EXTERN Tcl_Command Tcl_FindCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
+ Tcl_Namespace *contextNsPtr, int flags);
+/* 117 */
+EXTERN Tcl_Namespace * Tcl_FindNamespace(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ const char *name,
+ Tcl_Namespace *contextNsPtr, int flags);
+/* 118 */
+EXTERN int Tcl_GetInterpResolvers(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ const char *name, Tcl_ResolverInfo *resInfo);
+/* 119 */
+EXTERN int Tcl_GetNamespaceResolvers(
+ Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr,
+ Tcl_ResolverInfo *resInfo);
+/* 120 */
+EXTERN Tcl_Var Tcl_FindNamespaceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ const char *name,
+ Tcl_Namespace *contextNsPtr, int flags);
+/* 121 */
+EXTERN int Tcl_ForgetImport(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr, const char *pattern);
+/* 122 */
+EXTERN Tcl_Command Tcl_GetCommandFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
+/* 123 */
+EXTERN void Tcl_GetCommandFullName(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Command command, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
+/* 124 */
+EXTERN Tcl_Namespace * Tcl_GetCurrentNamespace(Tcl_Interp *interp);
+/* 125 */
+EXTERN Tcl_Namespace * Tcl_GetGlobalNamespace(Tcl_Interp *interp);
+/* 126 */
+EXTERN void Tcl_GetVariableFullName(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Var variable, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
+/* 127 */
+EXTERN int Tcl_Import(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr,
+ const char *pattern, int allowOverwrite);
+/* 128 */
+EXTERN void Tcl_PopCallFrame(Tcl_Interp *interp);
+/* 129 */
+EXTERN int Tcl_PushCallFrame(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_CallFrame *framePtr,
+ Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr, int isProcCallFrame);
+/* 130 */
+EXTERN int Tcl_RemoveInterpResolvers(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ const char *name);
+/* 131 */
+EXTERN void Tcl_SetNamespaceResolvers(
+ Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr,
+ Tcl_ResolveCmdProc *cmdProc,
+ Tcl_ResolveVarProc *varProc,
+ Tcl_ResolveCompiledVarProc *compiledVarProc);
+/* 132 */
+EXTERN int TclpHasSockets(Tcl_Interp *interp);
+/* 133 */
+EXTERN struct tm * TclpGetDate(const time_t *time, int useGMT);
+/* Slot 134 is reserved */
+/* Slot 135 is reserved */
+/* Slot 136 is reserved */
+/* Slot 137 is reserved */
+/* 138 */
+EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * TclGetEnv(const char *name,
+ Tcl_DString *valuePtr);
+/* Slot 139 is reserved */
+/* Slot 140 is reserved */
+/* 141 */
+EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * TclpGetCwd(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_DString *cwdPtr);
+/* 142 */
+EXTERN int TclSetByteCodeFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *objPtr, CompileHookProc *hookProc,
+ ClientData clientData);
+/* 143 */
+EXTERN int TclAddLiteralObj(struct CompileEnv *envPtr,
+ Tcl_Obj *objPtr, LiteralEntry **litPtrPtr);
+/* 144 */
+EXTERN void TclHideLiteral(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ struct CompileEnv *envPtr, int index);
+/* 145 */
+EXTERN const struct AuxDataType * TclGetAuxDataType(const char *typeName);
+/* 146 */
+EXTERN TclHandle TclHandleCreate(void *ptr);
+/* 147 */
+EXTERN void TclHandleFree(TclHandle handle);
+/* 148 */
+EXTERN TclHandle TclHandlePreserve(TclHandle handle);
+/* 149 */
+EXTERN void TclHandleRelease(TclHandle handle);
+/* 150 */
+EXTERN int TclRegAbout(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_RegExp re);
+/* 151 */
+EXTERN void TclRegExpRangeUniChar(Tcl_RegExp re, int index,
+ int *startPtr, int *endPtr);
+/* 152 */
+EXTERN void TclSetLibraryPath(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr);
+/* 153 */
+EXTERN Tcl_Obj * TclGetLibraryPath(void);
+/* Slot 154 is reserved */
+/* Slot 155 is reserved */
+/* 156 */
+EXTERN void TclRegError(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *msg,
+ int status);
+/* 157 */
+EXTERN Var * TclVarTraceExists(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ const char *varName);
+/* 158 */
+EXTERN void TclSetStartupScriptFileName(const char *filename);
+/* 159 */
+EXTERN const char * TclGetStartupScriptFileName(void);
+/* Slot 160 is reserved */
+/* 161 */
+EXTERN int TclChannelTransform(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Channel chan, Tcl_Obj *cmdObjPtr);
+/* 162 */
+EXTERN void TclChannelEventScriptInvoker(ClientData clientData,
+ int flags);
+/* 163 */
+EXTERN const void * TclGetInstructionTable(void);
+/* 164 */
+EXTERN void TclExpandCodeArray(void *envPtr);
+/* 165 */
+EXTERN void TclpSetInitialEncodings(void);
+/* 166 */
+EXTERN int TclListObjSetElement(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int index,
+ Tcl_Obj *valuePtr);
+/* 167 */
+EXTERN void TclSetStartupScriptPath(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr);
+/* 168 */
+EXTERN Tcl_Obj * TclGetStartupScriptPath(void);
+/* 169 */
+EXTERN int TclpUtfNcmp2(const char *s1, const char *s2,
+ unsigned long n);
+/* 170 */
+EXTERN int TclCheckInterpTraces(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ const char *command, int numChars,
+ Command *cmdPtr, int result, int traceFlags,
+ int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+/* 171 */
+EXTERN int TclCheckExecutionTraces(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ const char *command, int numChars,
+ Command *cmdPtr, int result, int traceFlags,
+ int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+/* 172 */
+EXTERN int TclInThreadExit(void);
+/* 173 */
+EXTERN int TclUniCharMatch(const Tcl_UniChar *string,
+ int strLen, const Tcl_UniChar *pattern,
+ int ptnLen, int flags);
+/* Slot 174 is reserved */
+/* 175 */
+EXTERN int TclCallVarTraces(Interp *iPtr, Var *arrayPtr,
+ Var *varPtr, const char *part1,
+ const char *part2, int flags,
+ int leaveErrMsg);
+/* 176 */
+EXTERN void TclCleanupVar(Var *varPtr, Var *arrayPtr);
+/* 177 */
+EXTERN void TclVarErrMsg(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
+ const char *part2, const char *operation,
+ const char *reason);
+/* 178 */
+EXTERN void Tcl_SetStartupScript(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
+ const char *encodingName);
+/* 179 */
+EXTERN Tcl_Obj * Tcl_GetStartupScript(const char **encodingNamePtr);
+/* Slot 180 is reserved */
+/* Slot 181 is reserved */
+/* 182 */
+EXTERN struct tm * TclpLocaltime(const time_t *clock);
+/* 183 */
+EXTERN struct tm * TclpGmtime(const time_t *clock);
+/* Slot 184 is reserved */
+/* Slot 185 is reserved */
+/* Slot 186 is reserved */
+/* Slot 187 is reserved */
+/* Slot 188 is reserved */
+/* Slot 189 is reserved */
+/* Slot 190 is reserved */
+/* Slot 191 is reserved */
+/* Slot 192 is reserved */
+/* Slot 193 is reserved */
+/* Slot 194 is reserved */
+/* Slot 195 is reserved */
+/* Slot 196 is reserved */
+/* Slot 197 is reserved */
+/* 198 */
+EXTERN int TclObjGetFrame(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
+ CallFrame **framePtrPtr);
+/* Slot 199 is reserved */
+/* 200 */
+EXTERN int TclpObjRemoveDirectory(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,
+ int recursive, Tcl_Obj **errorPtr);
+/* 201 */
+EXTERN int TclpObjCopyDirectory(Tcl_Obj *srcPathPtr,
+ Tcl_Obj *destPathPtr, Tcl_Obj **errorPtr);
+/* 202 */
+EXTERN int TclpObjCreateDirectory(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr);
+/* 203 */
+EXTERN int TclpObjDeleteFile(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr);
+/* 204 */
+EXTERN int TclpObjCopyFile(Tcl_Obj *srcPathPtr,
+ Tcl_Obj *destPathPtr);
+/* 205 */
+EXTERN int TclpObjRenameFile(Tcl_Obj *srcPathPtr,
+ Tcl_Obj *destPathPtr);
+/* 206 */
+EXTERN int TclpObjStat(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, Tcl_StatBuf *buf);
+/* 207 */
+EXTERN int TclpObjAccess(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, int mode);
+/* 208 */
+EXTERN Tcl_Channel TclpOpenFileChannel(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, int mode, int permissions);
+/* Slot 209 is reserved */
+/* Slot 210 is reserved */
+/* Slot 211 is reserved */
+/* 212 */
+EXTERN void TclpFindExecutable(const char *argv0);
+/* 213 */
+EXTERN Tcl_Obj * TclGetObjNameOfExecutable(void);
+/* 214 */
+EXTERN void TclSetObjNameOfExecutable(Tcl_Obj *name,
+ Tcl_Encoding encoding);
+/* 215 */
+EXTERN void * TclStackAlloc(Tcl_Interp *interp, int numBytes);
+/* 216 */
+EXTERN void TclStackFree(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *freePtr);
+/* 217 */
+EXTERN int TclPushStackFrame(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_CallFrame **framePtrPtr,
+ Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr,
+ int isProcCallFrame);
+/* 218 */
+EXTERN void TclPopStackFrame(Tcl_Interp *interp);
+/* Slot 219 is reserved */
+/* Slot 220 is reserved */
+/* Slot 221 is reserved */
+/* Slot 222 is reserved */
+/* Slot 223 is reserved */
+/* 224 */
+EXTERN TclPlatformType * TclGetPlatform(void);
+/* 225 */
+EXTERN Tcl_Obj * TclTraceDictPath(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *rootPtr, int keyc,
+ Tcl_Obj *const keyv[], int flags);
+/* 226 */
+EXTERN int TclObjBeingDeleted(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
+/* 227 */
+EXTERN void TclSetNsPath(Namespace *nsPtr, int pathLength,
+ Tcl_Namespace *pathAry[]);
+/* Slot 228 is reserved */
+/* 229 */
+EXTERN int TclPtrMakeUpvar(Tcl_Interp *interp, Var *otherP1Ptr,
+ const char *myName, int myFlags, int index);
+/* 230 */
+EXTERN Var * TclObjLookupVar(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *part1Ptr, const char *part2,
+ int flags, const char *msg,
+ const int createPart1, const int createPart2,
+ Var **arrayPtrPtr);
+/* 231 */
+EXTERN int TclGetNamespaceFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tcl_Namespace **nsPtrPtr);
+/* 232 */
+EXTERN int TclEvalObjEx(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
+ int flags, const CmdFrame *invoker, int word);
+/* 233 */
+EXTERN void TclGetSrcInfoForPc(CmdFrame *contextPtr);
+/* 234 */
+EXTERN Var * TclVarHashCreateVar(TclVarHashTable *tablePtr,
+ const char *key, int *newPtr);
+/* 235 */
+EXTERN void TclInitVarHashTable(TclVarHashTable *tablePtr,
+ Namespace *nsPtr);
+/* 236 */
+EXTERN void TclBackgroundException(Tcl_Interp *interp, int code);
+/* 237 */
+EXTERN int TclResetCancellation(Tcl_Interp *interp, int force);
+/* 238 */
+EXTERN int TclNRInterpProc(ClientData clientData,
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+/* 239 */
+EXTERN int TclNRInterpProcCore(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *procNameObj, int skip,
+ ProcErrorProc *errorProc);
+/* 240 */
+EXTERN int TclNRRunCallbacks(Tcl_Interp *interp, int result,
+ struct NRE_callback *rootPtr);
+/* 241 */
+EXTERN int TclNREvalObjEx(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
+ int flags, const CmdFrame *invoker, int word);
+/* 242 */
+EXTERN int TclNREvalObjv(Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags,
+ Command *cmdPtr);
+/* 243 */
+EXTERN void TclDbDumpActiveObjects(FILE *outFile);
+/* 244 */
+EXTERN Tcl_HashTable * TclGetNamespaceChildTable(Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr);
+/* 245 */
+EXTERN Tcl_HashTable * TclGetNamespaceCommandTable(Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr);
+/* 246 */
+EXTERN int TclInitRewriteEnsemble(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ int numRemoved, int numInserted,
+ Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
+/* 247 */
+EXTERN void TclResetRewriteEnsemble(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ int isRootEnsemble);
+/* 248 */
+EXTERN int TclCopyChannel(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Channel inChan, Tcl_Channel outChan,
+ Tcl_WideInt toRead, Tcl_Obj *cmdPtr);
+/* 249 */
+EXTERN char * TclDoubleDigits(double dv, int ndigits, int flags,
+ int *decpt, int *signum, char **endPtr);
+/* 250 */
+EXTERN void TclSetSlaveCancelFlags(Tcl_Interp *interp, int flags,
+ int force);
+/* 251 */
+EXTERN int TclRegisterLiteral(void *envPtr, char *bytes,
+ int length, int flags);
+
+typedef struct TclIntStubs {
+ int magic;
+ void *hooks;
+
+ void (*reserved0)(void);
+ void (*reserved1)(void);
+ void (*reserved2)(void);
+ void (*tclAllocateFreeObjects) (void); /* 3 */
+ void (*reserved4)(void);
+ int (*tclCleanupChildren) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int numPids, Tcl_Pid *pidPtr, Tcl_Channel errorChan); /* 5 */
+ void (*tclCleanupCommand) (Command *cmdPtr); /* 6 */
+ int (*tclCopyAndCollapse) (int count, const char *src, char *dst); /* 7 */
+ int (*tclCopyChannelOld) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel inChan, Tcl_Channel outChan, int toRead, Tcl_Obj *cmdPtr); /* 8 */
+ int (*tclCreatePipeline) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv, Tcl_Pid **pidArrayPtr, TclFile *inPipePtr, TclFile *outPipePtr, TclFile *errFilePtr); /* 9 */
+ int (*tclCreateProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Namespace *nsPtr, const char *procName, Tcl_Obj *argsPtr, Tcl_Obj *bodyPtr, Proc **procPtrPtr); /* 10 */
+ void (*tclDeleteCompiledLocalVars) (Interp *iPtr, CallFrame *framePtr); /* 11 */
+ void (*tclDeleteVars) (Interp *iPtr, TclVarHashTable *tablePtr); /* 12 */
+ void (*reserved13)(void);
+ int (*tclDumpMemoryInfo) (ClientData clientData, int flags); /* 14 */
+ void (*reserved15)(void);
+ void (*tclExprFloatError) (Tcl_Interp *interp, double value); /* 16 */
+ void (*reserved17)(void);
+ void (*reserved18)(void);
+ void (*reserved19)(void);
+ void (*reserved20)(void);
+ void (*reserved21)(void);
+ int (*tclFindElement) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *listStr, int listLength, const char **elementPtr, const char **nextPtr, int *sizePtr, int *bracePtr); /* 22 */
+ Proc * (*tclFindProc) (Interp *iPtr, const char *procName); /* 23 */
+ int (*tclFormatInt) (char *buffer, long n); /* 24 */
+ void (*tclFreePackageInfo) (Interp *iPtr); /* 25 */
+ void (*reserved26)(void);
+ void (*reserved27)(void);
+ Tcl_Channel (*tclpGetDefaultStdChannel) (int type); /* 28 */
+ void (*reserved29)(void);
+ void (*reserved30)(void);
+ const char * (*tclGetExtension) (const char *name); /* 31 */
+ int (*tclGetFrame) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, CallFrame **framePtrPtr); /* 32 */
+ void (*reserved33)(void);
+ int (*tclGetIntForIndex) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int endValue, int *indexPtr); /* 34 */
+ void (*reserved35)(void);
+ void (*reserved36)(void);
+ int (*tclGetLoadedPackages) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *targetName); /* 37 */
+ int (*tclGetNamespaceForQualName) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *qualName, Namespace *cxtNsPtr, int flags, Namespace **nsPtrPtr, Namespace **altNsPtrPtr, Namespace **actualCxtPtrPtr, const char **simpleNamePtr); /* 38 */
+ TclObjCmdProcType (*tclGetObjInterpProc) (void); /* 39 */
+ int (*tclGetOpenMode) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, int *seekFlagPtr); /* 40 */
+ Tcl_Command (*tclGetOriginalCommand) (Tcl_Command command); /* 41 */
+ CONST86 char * (*tclpGetUserHome) (const char *name, Tcl_DString *bufferPtr); /* 42 */
+ void (*reserved43)(void);
+ int (*tclGuessPackageName) (const char *fileName, Tcl_DString *bufPtr); /* 44 */
+ int (*tclHideUnsafeCommands) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 45 */
+ int (*tclInExit) (void); /* 46 */
+ void (*reserved47)(void);
+ void (*reserved48)(void);
+ void (*reserved49)(void);
+ void (*tclInitCompiledLocals) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CallFrame *framePtr, Namespace *nsPtr); /* 50 */
+ int (*tclInterpInit) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 51 */
+ void (*reserved52)(void);
+ int (*tclInvokeObjectCommand) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST84 char **argv); /* 53 */
+ int (*tclInvokeStringCommand) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 54 */
+ Proc * (*tclIsProc) (Command *cmdPtr); /* 55 */
+ void (*reserved56)(void);
+ void (*reserved57)(void);
+ Var * (*tclLookupVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags, const char *msg, int createPart1, int createPart2, Var **arrayPtrPtr); /* 58 */
+ void (*reserved59)(void);
+ int (*tclNeedSpace) (const char *start, const char *end); /* 60 */
+ Tcl_Obj * (*tclNewProcBodyObj) (Proc *procPtr); /* 61 */
+ int (*tclObjCommandComplete) (Tcl_Obj *cmdPtr); /* 62 */
+ int (*tclObjInterpProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 63 */
+ int (*tclObjInvoke) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags); /* 64 */
+ void (*reserved65)(void);
+ void (*reserved66)(void);
+ void (*reserved67)(void);
+ void (*reserved68)(void);
+ char * (*tclpAlloc) (unsigned int size); /* 69 */
+ void (*reserved70)(void);
+ void (*reserved71)(void);
+ void (*reserved72)(void);
+ void (*reserved73)(void);
+ void (*tclpFree) (char *ptr); /* 74 */
+ unsigned long (*tclpGetClicks) (void); /* 75 */
+ unsigned long (*tclpGetSeconds) (void); /* 76 */
+ void (*tclpGetTime) (Tcl_Time *time); /* 77 */
+ void (*reserved78)(void);
+ void (*reserved79)(void);
+ void (*reserved80)(void);
+ char * (*tclpRealloc) (char *ptr, unsigned int size); /* 81 */
+ void (*reserved82)(void);
+ void (*reserved83)(void);
+ void (*reserved84)(void);
+ void (*reserved85)(void);
+ void (*reserved86)(void);
+ void (*reserved87)(void);
+ char * (*tclPrecTraceProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1, const char *name2, int flags); /* 88 */
+ int (*tclPreventAliasLoop) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Interp *cmdInterp, Tcl_Command cmd); /* 89 */
+ void (*reserved90)(void);
+ void (*tclProcCleanupProc) (Proc *procPtr); /* 91 */
+ int (*tclProcCompileProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Proc *procPtr, Tcl_Obj *bodyPtr, Namespace *nsPtr, const char *description, const char *procName); /* 92 */
+ void (*tclProcDeleteProc) (ClientData clientData); /* 93 */
+ void (*reserved94)(void);
+ void (*reserved95)(void);
+ int (*tclRenameCommand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *oldName, const char *newName); /* 96 */
+ void (*tclResetShadowedCmdRefs) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Command *newCmdPtr); /* 97 */
+ int (*tclServiceIdle) (void); /* 98 */
+ void (*reserved99)(void);
+ void (*reserved100)(void);
+ CONST86 char * (*tclSetPreInitScript) (const char *string); /* 101 */
+ void (*tclSetupEnv) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 102 */
+ int (*tclSockGetPort) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, const char *proto, int *portPtr); /* 103 */
+ int (*tclSockMinimumBuffersOld) (int sock, int size); /* 104 */
+ void (*reserved105)(void);
+ void (*reserved106)(void);
+ void (*reserved107)(void);
+ void (*tclTeardownNamespace) (Namespace *nsPtr); /* 108 */
+ int (*tclUpdateReturnInfo) (Interp *iPtr); /* 109 */
+ int (*tclSockMinimumBuffers) (void *sock, int size); /* 110 */
+ void (*tcl_AddInterpResolvers) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, Tcl_ResolveCmdProc *cmdProc, Tcl_ResolveVarProc *varProc, Tcl_ResolveCompiledVarProc *compiledVarProc); /* 111 */
+ int (*tcl_AppendExportList) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 112 */
+ Tcl_Namespace * (*tcl_CreateNamespace) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, ClientData clientData, Tcl_NamespaceDeleteProc *deleteProc); /* 113 */
+ void (*tcl_DeleteNamespace) (Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr); /* 114 */
+ int (*tcl_Export) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr, const char *pattern, int resetListFirst); /* 115 */
+ Tcl_Command (*tcl_FindCommand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, Tcl_Namespace *contextNsPtr, int flags); /* 116 */
+ Tcl_Namespace * (*tcl_FindNamespace) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, Tcl_Namespace *contextNsPtr, int flags); /* 117 */
+ int (*tcl_GetInterpResolvers) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, Tcl_ResolverInfo *resInfo); /* 118 */
+ int (*tcl_GetNamespaceResolvers) (Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr, Tcl_ResolverInfo *resInfo); /* 119 */
+ Tcl_Var (*tcl_FindNamespaceVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, Tcl_Namespace *contextNsPtr, int flags); /* 120 */
+ int (*tcl_ForgetImport) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr, const char *pattern); /* 121 */
+ Tcl_Command (*tcl_GetCommandFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 122 */
+ void (*tcl_GetCommandFullName) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Command command, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 123 */
+ Tcl_Namespace * (*tcl_GetCurrentNamespace) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 124 */
+ Tcl_Namespace * (*tcl_GetGlobalNamespace) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 125 */
+ void (*tcl_GetVariableFullName) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Var variable, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 126 */
+ int (*tcl_Import) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr, const char *pattern, int allowOverwrite); /* 127 */
+ void (*tcl_PopCallFrame) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 128 */
+ int (*tcl_PushCallFrame) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_CallFrame *framePtr, Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr, int isProcCallFrame); /* 129 */
+ int (*tcl_RemoveInterpResolvers) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name); /* 130 */
+ void (*tcl_SetNamespaceResolvers) (Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr, Tcl_ResolveCmdProc *cmdProc, Tcl_ResolveVarProc *varProc, Tcl_ResolveCompiledVarProc *compiledVarProc); /* 131 */
+ int (*tclpHasSockets) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 132 */
+ struct tm * (*tclpGetDate) (const time_t *time, int useGMT); /* 133 */
+ void (*reserved134)(void);
+ void (*reserved135)(void);
+ void (*reserved136)(void);
+ void (*reserved137)(void);
+ CONST84_RETURN char * (*tclGetEnv) (const char *name, Tcl_DString *valuePtr); /* 138 */
+ void (*reserved139)(void);
+ void (*reserved140)(void);
+ CONST84_RETURN char * (*tclpGetCwd) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_DString *cwdPtr); /* 141 */
+ int (*tclSetByteCodeFromAny) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, CompileHookProc *hookProc, ClientData clientData); /* 142 */
+ int (*tclAddLiteralObj) (struct CompileEnv *envPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, LiteralEntry **litPtrPtr); /* 143 */
+ void (*tclHideLiteral) (Tcl_Interp *interp, struct CompileEnv *envPtr, int index); /* 144 */
+ const struct AuxDataType * (*tclGetAuxDataType) (const char *typeName); /* 145 */
+ TclHandle (*tclHandleCreate) (void *ptr); /* 146 */
+ void (*tclHandleFree) (TclHandle handle); /* 147 */
+ TclHandle (*tclHandlePreserve) (TclHandle handle); /* 148 */
+ void (*tclHandleRelease) (TclHandle handle); /* 149 */
+ int (*tclRegAbout) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_RegExp re); /* 150 */
+ void (*tclRegExpRangeUniChar) (Tcl_RegExp re, int index, int *startPtr, int *endPtr); /* 151 */
+ void (*tclSetLibraryPath) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr); /* 152 */
+ Tcl_Obj * (*tclGetLibraryPath) (void); /* 153 */
+ void (*reserved154)(void);
+ void (*reserved155)(void);
+ void (*tclRegError) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *msg, int status); /* 156 */
+ Var * (*tclVarTraceExists) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName); /* 157 */
+ void (*tclSetStartupScriptFileName) (const char *filename); /* 158 */
+ const char * (*tclGetStartupScriptFileName) (void); /* 159 */
+ void (*reserved160)(void);
+ int (*tclChannelTransform) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan, Tcl_Obj *cmdObjPtr); /* 161 */
+ void (*tclChannelEventScriptInvoker) (ClientData clientData, int flags); /* 162 */
+ const void * (*tclGetInstructionTable) (void); /* 163 */
+ void (*tclExpandCodeArray) (void *envPtr); /* 164 */
+ void (*tclpSetInitialEncodings) (void); /* 165 */
+ int (*tclListObjSetElement) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int index, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr); /* 166 */
+ void (*tclSetStartupScriptPath) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr); /* 167 */
+ Tcl_Obj * (*tclGetStartupScriptPath) (void); /* 168 */
+ int (*tclpUtfNcmp2) (const char *s1, const char *s2, unsigned long n); /* 169 */
+ int (*tclCheckInterpTraces) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *command, int numChars, Command *cmdPtr, int result, int traceFlags, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 170 */
+ int (*tclCheckExecutionTraces) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *command, int numChars, Command *cmdPtr, int result, int traceFlags, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 171 */
+ int (*tclInThreadExit) (void); /* 172 */
+ int (*tclUniCharMatch) (const Tcl_UniChar *string, int strLen, const Tcl_UniChar *pattern, int ptnLen, int flags); /* 173 */
+ void (*reserved174)(void);
+ int (*tclCallVarTraces) (Interp *iPtr, Var *arrayPtr, Var *varPtr, const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags, int leaveErrMsg); /* 175 */
+ void (*tclCleanupVar) (Var *varPtr, Var *arrayPtr); /* 176 */
+ void (*tclVarErrMsg) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, const char *operation, const char *reason); /* 177 */
+ void (*tcl_SetStartupScript) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, const char *encodingName); /* 178 */
+ Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_GetStartupScript) (const char **encodingNamePtr); /* 179 */
+ void (*reserved180)(void);
+ void (*reserved181)(void);
+ struct tm * (*tclpLocaltime) (const time_t *clock); /* 182 */
+ struct tm * (*tclpGmtime) (const time_t *clock); /* 183 */
+ void (*reserved184)(void);
+ void (*reserved185)(void);
+ void (*reserved186)(void);
+ void (*reserved187)(void);
+ void (*reserved188)(void);
+ void (*reserved189)(void);
+ void (*reserved190)(void);
+ void (*reserved191)(void);
+ void (*reserved192)(void);
+ void (*reserved193)(void);
+ void (*reserved194)(void);
+ void (*reserved195)(void);
+ void (*reserved196)(void);
+ void (*reserved197)(void);
+ int (*tclObjGetFrame) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, CallFrame **framePtrPtr); /* 198 */
+ void (*reserved199)(void);
+ int (*tclpObjRemoveDirectory) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, int recursive, Tcl_Obj **errorPtr); /* 200 */
+ int (*tclpObjCopyDirectory) (Tcl_Obj *srcPathPtr, Tcl_Obj *destPathPtr, Tcl_Obj **errorPtr); /* 201 */
+ int (*tclpObjCreateDirectory) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr); /* 202 */
+ int (*tclpObjDeleteFile) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr); /* 203 */
+ int (*tclpObjCopyFile) (Tcl_Obj *srcPathPtr, Tcl_Obj *destPathPtr); /* 204 */
+ int (*tclpObjRenameFile) (Tcl_Obj *srcPathPtr, Tcl_Obj *destPathPtr); /* 205 */
+ int (*tclpObjStat) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, Tcl_StatBuf *buf); /* 206 */
+ int (*tclpObjAccess) (Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, int mode); /* 207 */
+ Tcl_Channel (*tclpOpenFileChannel) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, int mode, int permissions); /* 208 */
+ void (*reserved209)(void);
+ void (*reserved210)(void);
+ void (*reserved211)(void);
+ void (*tclpFindExecutable) (const char *argv0); /* 212 */
+ Tcl_Obj * (*tclGetObjNameOfExecutable) (void); /* 213 */
+ void (*tclSetObjNameOfExecutable) (Tcl_Obj *name, Tcl_Encoding encoding); /* 214 */
+ void * (*tclStackAlloc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int numBytes); /* 215 */
+ void (*tclStackFree) (Tcl_Interp *interp, void *freePtr); /* 216 */
+ int (*tclPushStackFrame) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_CallFrame **framePtrPtr, Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr, int isProcCallFrame); /* 217 */
+ void (*tclPopStackFrame) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 218 */
+ void (*reserved219)(void);
+ void (*reserved220)(void);
+ void (*reserved221)(void);
+ void (*reserved222)(void);
+ void (*reserved223)(void);
+ TclPlatformType * (*tclGetPlatform) (void); /* 224 */
+ Tcl_Obj * (*tclTraceDictPath) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *rootPtr, int keyc, Tcl_Obj *const keyv[], int flags); /* 225 */
+ int (*tclObjBeingDeleted) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 226 */
+ void (*tclSetNsPath) (Namespace *nsPtr, int pathLength, Tcl_Namespace *pathAry[]); /* 227 */
+ void (*reserved228)(void);
+ int (*tclPtrMakeUpvar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Var *otherP1Ptr, const char *myName, int myFlags, int index); /* 229 */
+ Var * (*tclObjLookupVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *part1Ptr, const char *part2, int flags, const char *msg, const int createPart1, const int createPart2, Var **arrayPtrPtr); /* 230 */
+ int (*tclGetNamespaceFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tcl_Namespace **nsPtrPtr); /* 231 */
+ int (*tclEvalObjEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int flags, const CmdFrame *invoker, int word); /* 232 */
+ void (*tclGetSrcInfoForPc) (CmdFrame *contextPtr); /* 233 */
+ Var * (*tclVarHashCreateVar) (TclVarHashTable *tablePtr, const char *key, int *newPtr); /* 234 */
+ void (*tclInitVarHashTable) (TclVarHashTable *tablePtr, Namespace *nsPtr); /* 235 */
+ void (*tclBackgroundException) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int code); /* 236 */
+ int (*tclResetCancellation) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int force); /* 237 */
+ int (*tclNRInterpProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 238 */
+ int (*tclNRInterpProcCore) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *procNameObj, int skip, ProcErrorProc *errorProc); /* 239 */
+ int (*tclNRRunCallbacks) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int result, struct NRE_callback *rootPtr); /* 240 */
+ int (*tclNREvalObjEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int flags, const CmdFrame *invoker, int word); /* 241 */
+ int (*tclNREvalObjv) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags, Command *cmdPtr); /* 242 */
+ void (*tclDbDumpActiveObjects) (FILE *outFile); /* 243 */
+ Tcl_HashTable * (*tclGetNamespaceChildTable) (Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr); /* 244 */
+ Tcl_HashTable * (*tclGetNamespaceCommandTable) (Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr); /* 245 */
+ int (*tclInitRewriteEnsemble) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int numRemoved, int numInserted, Tcl_Obj *const *objv); /* 246 */
+ void (*tclResetRewriteEnsemble) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int isRootEnsemble); /* 247 */
+ int (*tclCopyChannel) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel inChan, Tcl_Channel outChan, Tcl_WideInt toRead, Tcl_Obj *cmdPtr); /* 248 */
+ char * (*tclDoubleDigits) (double dv, int ndigits, int flags, int *decpt, int *signum, char **endPtr); /* 249 */
+ void (*tclSetSlaveCancelFlags) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int flags, int force); /* 250 */
+ int (*tclRegisterLiteral) (void *envPtr, char *bytes, int length, int flags); /* 251 */
+} TclIntStubs;
+
+extern const TclIntStubs *tclIntStubsPtr;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(USE_TCL_STUBS)
+
+/*
+ * Inline function declarations:
+ */
+
+/* Slot 0 is reserved */
+/* Slot 1 is reserved */
+/* Slot 2 is reserved */
+#define TclAllocateFreeObjects \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclAllocateFreeObjects) /* 3 */
+/* Slot 4 is reserved */
+#define TclCleanupChildren \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclCleanupChildren) /* 5 */
+#define TclCleanupCommand \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclCleanupCommand) /* 6 */
+#define TclCopyAndCollapse \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclCopyAndCollapse) /* 7 */
+#define TclCopyChannelOld \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclCopyChannelOld) /* 8 */
+#define TclCreatePipeline \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclCreatePipeline) /* 9 */
+#define TclCreateProc \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclCreateProc) /* 10 */
+#define TclDeleteCompiledLocalVars \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclDeleteCompiledLocalVars) /* 11 */
+#define TclDeleteVars \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclDeleteVars) /* 12 */
+/* Slot 13 is reserved */
+#define TclDumpMemoryInfo \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclDumpMemoryInfo) /* 14 */
+/* Slot 15 is reserved */
+#define TclExprFloatError \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclExprFloatError) /* 16 */
+/* Slot 17 is reserved */
+/* Slot 18 is reserved */
+/* Slot 19 is reserved */
+/* Slot 20 is reserved */
+/* Slot 21 is reserved */
+#define TclFindElement \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclFindElement) /* 22 */
+#define TclFindProc \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclFindProc) /* 23 */
+#define TclFormatInt \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclFormatInt) /* 24 */
+#define TclFreePackageInfo \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclFreePackageInfo) /* 25 */
+/* Slot 26 is reserved */
+/* Slot 27 is reserved */
+#define TclpGetDefaultStdChannel \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpGetDefaultStdChannel) /* 28 */
+/* Slot 29 is reserved */
+/* Slot 30 is reserved */
+#define TclGetExtension \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclGetExtension) /* 31 */
+#define TclGetFrame \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclGetFrame) /* 32 */
+/* Slot 33 is reserved */
+#define TclGetIntForIndex \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclGetIntForIndex) /* 34 */
+/* Slot 35 is reserved */
+/* Slot 36 is reserved */
+#define TclGetLoadedPackages \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclGetLoadedPackages) /* 37 */
+#define TclGetNamespaceForQualName \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclGetNamespaceForQualName) /* 38 */
+#define TclGetObjInterpProc \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclGetObjInterpProc) /* 39 */
+#define TclGetOpenMode \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclGetOpenMode) /* 40 */
+#define TclGetOriginalCommand \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclGetOriginalCommand) /* 41 */
+#define TclpGetUserHome \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpGetUserHome) /* 42 */
+/* Slot 43 is reserved */
+#define TclGuessPackageName \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclGuessPackageName) /* 44 */
+#define TclHideUnsafeCommands \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclHideUnsafeCommands) /* 45 */
+#define TclInExit \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclInExit) /* 46 */
+/* Slot 47 is reserved */
+/* Slot 48 is reserved */
+/* Slot 49 is reserved */
+#define TclInitCompiledLocals \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclInitCompiledLocals) /* 50 */
+#define TclInterpInit \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclInterpInit) /* 51 */
+/* Slot 52 is reserved */
+#define TclInvokeObjectCommand \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclInvokeObjectCommand) /* 53 */
+#define TclInvokeStringCommand \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclInvokeStringCommand) /* 54 */
+#define TclIsProc \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclIsProc) /* 55 */
+/* Slot 56 is reserved */
+/* Slot 57 is reserved */
+#define TclLookupVar \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclLookupVar) /* 58 */
+/* Slot 59 is reserved */
+#define TclNeedSpace \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclNeedSpace) /* 60 */
+#define TclNewProcBodyObj \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclNewProcBodyObj) /* 61 */
+#define TclObjCommandComplete \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclObjCommandComplete) /* 62 */
+#define TclObjInterpProc \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclObjInterpProc) /* 63 */
+#define TclObjInvoke \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclObjInvoke) /* 64 */
+/* Slot 65 is reserved */
+/* Slot 66 is reserved */
+/* Slot 67 is reserved */
+/* Slot 68 is reserved */
+#define TclpAlloc \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpAlloc) /* 69 */
+/* Slot 70 is reserved */
+/* Slot 71 is reserved */
+/* Slot 72 is reserved */
+/* Slot 73 is reserved */
+#define TclpFree \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpFree) /* 74 */
+#define TclpGetClicks \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpGetClicks) /* 75 */
+#define TclpGetSeconds \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpGetSeconds) /* 76 */
+#define TclpGetTime \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpGetTime) /* 77 */
+/* Slot 78 is reserved */
+/* Slot 79 is reserved */
+/* Slot 80 is reserved */
+#define TclpRealloc \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpRealloc) /* 81 */
+/* Slot 82 is reserved */
+/* Slot 83 is reserved */
+/* Slot 84 is reserved */
+/* Slot 85 is reserved */
+/* Slot 86 is reserved */
+/* Slot 87 is reserved */
+#define TclPrecTraceProc \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclPrecTraceProc) /* 88 */
+#define TclPreventAliasLoop \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclPreventAliasLoop) /* 89 */
+/* Slot 90 is reserved */
+#define TclProcCleanupProc \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclProcCleanupProc) /* 91 */
+#define TclProcCompileProc \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclProcCompileProc) /* 92 */
+#define TclProcDeleteProc \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclProcDeleteProc) /* 93 */
+/* Slot 94 is reserved */
+/* Slot 95 is reserved */
+#define TclRenameCommand \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclRenameCommand) /* 96 */
+#define TclResetShadowedCmdRefs \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclResetShadowedCmdRefs) /* 97 */
+#define TclServiceIdle \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclServiceIdle) /* 98 */
+/* Slot 99 is reserved */
+/* Slot 100 is reserved */
+#define TclSetPreInitScript \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclSetPreInitScript) /* 101 */
+#define TclSetupEnv \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclSetupEnv) /* 102 */
+#define TclSockGetPort \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclSockGetPort) /* 103 */
+#define TclSockMinimumBuffersOld \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclSockMinimumBuffersOld) /* 104 */
+/* Slot 105 is reserved */
+/* Slot 106 is reserved */
+/* Slot 107 is reserved */
+#define TclTeardownNamespace \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclTeardownNamespace) /* 108 */
+#define TclUpdateReturnInfo \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclUpdateReturnInfo) /* 109 */
+#define TclSockMinimumBuffers \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclSockMinimumBuffers) /* 110 */
+#define Tcl_AddInterpResolvers \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_AddInterpResolvers) /* 111 */
+#define Tcl_AppendExportList \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_AppendExportList) /* 112 */
+#define Tcl_CreateNamespace \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_CreateNamespace) /* 113 */
+#define Tcl_DeleteNamespace \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_DeleteNamespace) /* 114 */
+#define Tcl_Export \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_Export) /* 115 */
+#define Tcl_FindCommand \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_FindCommand) /* 116 */
+#define Tcl_FindNamespace \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_FindNamespace) /* 117 */
+#define Tcl_GetInterpResolvers \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_GetInterpResolvers) /* 118 */
+#define Tcl_GetNamespaceResolvers \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_GetNamespaceResolvers) /* 119 */
+#define Tcl_FindNamespaceVar \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_FindNamespaceVar) /* 120 */
+#define Tcl_ForgetImport \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_ForgetImport) /* 121 */
+#define Tcl_GetCommandFromObj \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_GetCommandFromObj) /* 122 */
+#define Tcl_GetCommandFullName \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_GetCommandFullName) /* 123 */
+#define Tcl_GetCurrentNamespace \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_GetCurrentNamespace) /* 124 */
+#define Tcl_GetGlobalNamespace \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_GetGlobalNamespace) /* 125 */
+#define Tcl_GetVariableFullName \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_GetVariableFullName) /* 126 */
+#define Tcl_Import \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_Import) /* 127 */
+#define Tcl_PopCallFrame \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_PopCallFrame) /* 128 */
+#define Tcl_PushCallFrame \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_PushCallFrame) /* 129 */
+#define Tcl_RemoveInterpResolvers \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_RemoveInterpResolvers) /* 130 */
+#define Tcl_SetNamespaceResolvers \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_SetNamespaceResolvers) /* 131 */
+#define TclpHasSockets \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpHasSockets) /* 132 */
+#define TclpGetDate \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpGetDate) /* 133 */
+/* Slot 134 is reserved */
+/* Slot 135 is reserved */
+/* Slot 136 is reserved */
+/* Slot 137 is reserved */
+#define TclGetEnv \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclGetEnv) /* 138 */
+/* Slot 139 is reserved */
+/* Slot 140 is reserved */
+#define TclpGetCwd \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpGetCwd) /* 141 */
+#define TclSetByteCodeFromAny \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclSetByteCodeFromAny) /* 142 */
+#define TclAddLiteralObj \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclAddLiteralObj) /* 143 */
+#define TclHideLiteral \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclHideLiteral) /* 144 */
+#define TclGetAuxDataType \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclGetAuxDataType) /* 145 */
+#define TclHandleCreate \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclHandleCreate) /* 146 */
+#define TclHandleFree \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclHandleFree) /* 147 */
+#define TclHandlePreserve \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclHandlePreserve) /* 148 */
+#define TclHandleRelease \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclHandleRelease) /* 149 */
+#define TclRegAbout \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclRegAbout) /* 150 */
+#define TclRegExpRangeUniChar \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclRegExpRangeUniChar) /* 151 */
+#define TclSetLibraryPath \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclSetLibraryPath) /* 152 */
+#define TclGetLibraryPath \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclGetLibraryPath) /* 153 */
+/* Slot 154 is reserved */
+/* Slot 155 is reserved */
+#define TclRegError \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclRegError) /* 156 */
+#define TclVarTraceExists \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclVarTraceExists) /* 157 */
+#define TclSetStartupScriptFileName \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclSetStartupScriptFileName) /* 158 */
+#define TclGetStartupScriptFileName \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclGetStartupScriptFileName) /* 159 */
+/* Slot 160 is reserved */
+#define TclChannelTransform \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclChannelTransform) /* 161 */
+#define TclChannelEventScriptInvoker \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclChannelEventScriptInvoker) /* 162 */
+#define TclGetInstructionTable \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclGetInstructionTable) /* 163 */
+#define TclExpandCodeArray \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclExpandCodeArray) /* 164 */
+#define TclpSetInitialEncodings \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpSetInitialEncodings) /* 165 */
+#define TclListObjSetElement \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclListObjSetElement) /* 166 */
+#define TclSetStartupScriptPath \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclSetStartupScriptPath) /* 167 */
+#define TclGetStartupScriptPath \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclGetStartupScriptPath) /* 168 */
+#define TclpUtfNcmp2 \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpUtfNcmp2) /* 169 */
+#define TclCheckInterpTraces \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclCheckInterpTraces) /* 170 */
+#define TclCheckExecutionTraces \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclCheckExecutionTraces) /* 171 */
+#define TclInThreadExit \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclInThreadExit) /* 172 */
+#define TclUniCharMatch \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclUniCharMatch) /* 173 */
+/* Slot 174 is reserved */
+#define TclCallVarTraces \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclCallVarTraces) /* 175 */
+#define TclCleanupVar \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclCleanupVar) /* 176 */
+#define TclVarErrMsg \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclVarErrMsg) /* 177 */
+#define Tcl_SetStartupScript \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_SetStartupScript) /* 178 */
+#define Tcl_GetStartupScript \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tcl_GetStartupScript) /* 179 */
+/* Slot 180 is reserved */
+/* Slot 181 is reserved */
+#define TclpLocaltime \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpLocaltime) /* 182 */
+#define TclpGmtime \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpGmtime) /* 183 */
+/* Slot 184 is reserved */
+/* Slot 185 is reserved */
+/* Slot 186 is reserved */
+/* Slot 187 is reserved */
+/* Slot 188 is reserved */
+/* Slot 189 is reserved */
+/* Slot 190 is reserved */
+/* Slot 191 is reserved */
+/* Slot 192 is reserved */
+/* Slot 193 is reserved */
+/* Slot 194 is reserved */
+/* Slot 195 is reserved */
+/* Slot 196 is reserved */
+/* Slot 197 is reserved */
+#define TclObjGetFrame \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclObjGetFrame) /* 198 */
+/* Slot 199 is reserved */
+#define TclpObjRemoveDirectory \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpObjRemoveDirectory) /* 200 */
+#define TclpObjCopyDirectory \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpObjCopyDirectory) /* 201 */
+#define TclpObjCreateDirectory \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpObjCreateDirectory) /* 202 */
+#define TclpObjDeleteFile \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpObjDeleteFile) /* 203 */
+#define TclpObjCopyFile \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpObjCopyFile) /* 204 */
+#define TclpObjRenameFile \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpObjRenameFile) /* 205 */
+#define TclpObjStat \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpObjStat) /* 206 */
+#define TclpObjAccess \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpObjAccess) /* 207 */
+#define TclpOpenFileChannel \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpOpenFileChannel) /* 208 */
+/* Slot 209 is reserved */
+/* Slot 210 is reserved */
+/* Slot 211 is reserved */
+#define TclpFindExecutable \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclpFindExecutable) /* 212 */
+#define TclGetObjNameOfExecutable \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclGetObjNameOfExecutable) /* 213 */
+#define TclSetObjNameOfExecutable \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclSetObjNameOfExecutable) /* 214 */
+#define TclStackAlloc \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclStackAlloc) /* 215 */
+#define TclStackFree \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclStackFree) /* 216 */
+#define TclPushStackFrame \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclPushStackFrame) /* 217 */
+#define TclPopStackFrame \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclPopStackFrame) /* 218 */
+/* Slot 219 is reserved */
+/* Slot 220 is reserved */
+/* Slot 221 is reserved */
+/* Slot 222 is reserved */
+/* Slot 223 is reserved */
+#define TclGetPlatform \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclGetPlatform) /* 224 */
+#define TclTraceDictPath \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclTraceDictPath) /* 225 */
+#define TclObjBeingDeleted \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclObjBeingDeleted) /* 226 */
+#define TclSetNsPath \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclSetNsPath) /* 227 */
+/* Slot 228 is reserved */
+#define TclPtrMakeUpvar \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclPtrMakeUpvar) /* 229 */
+#define TclObjLookupVar \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclObjLookupVar) /* 230 */
+#define TclGetNamespaceFromObj \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclGetNamespaceFromObj) /* 231 */
+#define TclEvalObjEx \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclEvalObjEx) /* 232 */
+#define TclGetSrcInfoForPc \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclGetSrcInfoForPc) /* 233 */
+#define TclVarHashCreateVar \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclVarHashCreateVar) /* 234 */
+#define TclInitVarHashTable \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclInitVarHashTable) /* 235 */
+#define TclBackgroundException \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclBackgroundException) /* 236 */
+#define TclResetCancellation \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclResetCancellation) /* 237 */
+#define TclNRInterpProc \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclNRInterpProc) /* 238 */
+#define TclNRInterpProcCore \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclNRInterpProcCore) /* 239 */
+#define TclNRRunCallbacks \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclNRRunCallbacks) /* 240 */
+#define TclNREvalObjEx \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclNREvalObjEx) /* 241 */
+#define TclNREvalObjv \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclNREvalObjv) /* 242 */
+#define TclDbDumpActiveObjects \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclDbDumpActiveObjects) /* 243 */
+#define TclGetNamespaceChildTable \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclGetNamespaceChildTable) /* 244 */
+#define TclGetNamespaceCommandTable \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclGetNamespaceCommandTable) /* 245 */
+#define TclInitRewriteEnsemble \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclInitRewriteEnsemble) /* 246 */
+#define TclResetRewriteEnsemble \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclResetRewriteEnsemble) /* 247 */
+#define TclCopyChannel \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclCopyChannel) /* 248 */
+#define TclDoubleDigits \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclDoubleDigits) /* 249 */
+#define TclSetSlaveCancelFlags \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclSetSlaveCancelFlags) /* 250 */
+#define TclRegisterLiteral \
+ (tclIntStubsPtr->tclRegisterLiteral) /* 251 */
+
+#endif /* defined(USE_TCL_STUBS) */
+
+/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */
+
+#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
+#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
+
+#undef TclGetStartupScriptFileName
+#undef TclSetStartupScriptFileName
+#undef TclGetStartupScriptPath
+#undef TclSetStartupScriptPath
+#undef TclBackgroundException
+
+#if defined(USE_TCL_STUBS) && defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)
+# undef Tcl_SetStartupScript
+# define Tcl_SetStartupScript \
+ (tclStubsPtr->tcl_SetStartupScript) /* 622 */
+# undef Tcl_GetStartupScript
+# define Tcl_GetStartupScript \
+ (tclStubsPtr->tcl_GetStartupScript) /* 623 */
+# undef Tcl_CreateNamespace
+# define Tcl_CreateNamespace \
+ (tclStubsPtr->tcl_CreateNamespace) /* 506 */
+# undef Tcl_DeleteNamespace
+# define Tcl_DeleteNamespace \
+ (tclStubsPtr->tcl_DeleteNamespace) /* 507 */
+# undef Tcl_AppendExportList
+# define Tcl_AppendExportList \
+ (tclStubsPtr->tcl_AppendExportList) /* 508 */
+# undef Tcl_Export
+# define Tcl_Export \
+ (tclStubsPtr->tcl_Export) /* 509 */
+# undef Tcl_Import
+# define Tcl_Import \
+ (tclStubsPtr->tcl_Import) /* 510 */
+# undef Tcl_ForgetImport
+# define Tcl_ForgetImport \
+ (tclStubsPtr->tcl_ForgetImport) /* 511 */
+# undef Tcl_GetCurrentNamespace
+# define Tcl_GetCurrentNamespace \
+ (tclStubsPtr->tcl_GetCurrentNamespace) /* 512 */
+# undef Tcl_GetGlobalNamespace
+# define Tcl_GetGlobalNamespace \
+ (tclStubsPtr->tcl_GetGlobalNamespace) /* 513 */
+# undef Tcl_FindNamespace
+# define Tcl_FindNamespace \
+ (tclStubsPtr->tcl_FindNamespace) /* 514 */
+# undef Tcl_FindCommand
+# define Tcl_FindCommand \
+ (tclStubsPtr->tcl_FindCommand) /* 515 */
+# undef Tcl_GetCommandFromObj
+# define Tcl_GetCommandFromObj \
+ (tclStubsPtr->tcl_GetCommandFromObj) /* 516 */
+# undef Tcl_GetCommandFullName
+# define Tcl_GetCommandFullName \
+ (tclStubsPtr->tcl_GetCommandFullName) /* 517 */
+#endif
+
+#undef TclCopyChannelOld
+#undef TclSockMinimumBuffersOld
+
+#endif /* _TCLINTDECLS */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * tclPort.h --
+ *
+ * This header file handles porting issues that occur because
+ * of differences between systems. It reads in platform specific
+ * portability files.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TCLPORT
+#define _TCLPORT
+
+#ifdef HAVE_TCL_CONFIG_H
+#include "tclConfig.h"
+#endif
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+# include "tclWinPort.h"
+#else
+# include <tclUnixPort.h>
+#endif
+#include "tcl.h"
+
+#if !defined(LLONG_MIN)
+# ifdef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
+# define LLONG_MIN LONG_MIN
+# else
+# ifdef LLONG_BIT
+# define LLONG_MIN ((Tcl_WideInt)(Tcl_LongAsWide(1)<<(LLONG_BIT-1)))
+# else
+/* Assume we're on a system with a 64-bit 'long long' type */
+# define LLONG_MIN ((Tcl_WideInt)(Tcl_LongAsWide(1)<<63))
+# endif
+# endif
+/* Assume that if LLONG_MIN is undefined, then so is LLONG_MAX */
+# define LLONG_MAX (~LLONG_MIN)
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _TCLPORT */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * tclUnixPort.h --
+ *
+ * This header file handles porting issues that occur because of
+ * differences between systems. It reads in UNIX-related header files and
+ * sets up UNIX-related macros for Tcl's UNIX core. It should be the only
+ * file that contains #ifdefs to handle different flavors of UNIX. This
+ * file sets up the union of all UNIX-related things needed by any of the
+ * Tcl core files. This file depends on configuration #defines such as
+ * NO_DIRENT_H that are set up by the "configure" script.
+ *
+ * Much of the material in this file was originally contributed by Karl
+ * Lehenbauer, Mark Diekhans and Peter da Silva.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TCLUNIXPORT
+#define _TCLUNIXPORT
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * The following sets of #includes and #ifdefs are required to get Tcl to
+ * compile under the various flavors of unix.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_NET_ERRNO_H
+# include <net/errno.h>
+#endif
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef USE_DIRENT2_H
+# include "../compat/dirent2.h"
+#else
+#ifdef NO_DIRENT_H
+# include "../compat/dirent.h"
+#else
+# include <dirent.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Parameterize for 64-bit filesystem support.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64
+typedef struct dirent64 Tcl_DirEntry;
+# define TclOSreaddir readdir64
+#else
+typedef struct dirent Tcl_DirEntry;
+# define TclOSreaddir readdir
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T
+typedef off64_t Tcl_SeekOffset;
+# define TclOSseek lseek64
+# define TclOSopen open64
+#else
+typedef off_t Tcl_SeekOffset;
+# define TclOSseek lseek
+# define TclOSopen open
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+
+ /* Make some symbols available without including <windows.h> */
+# define DWORD unsigned int
+# define CP_UTF8 65001
+# define GET_MODULE_HANDLE_EX_FLAG_FROM_ADDRESS 0x00000004
+# define HANDLE void *
+# define HINSTANCE void *
+# define SOCKET unsigned int
+# define WSAEWOULDBLOCK 10035
+ typedef unsigned short WCHAR;
+ __declspec(dllimport) extern __stdcall int GetModuleHandleExW(unsigned int, const char *, void *);
+ __declspec(dllimport) extern __stdcall int GetModuleFileNameW(void *, const char *, int);
+ __declspec(dllimport) extern __stdcall int WideCharToMultiByte(int, int, const char *, int,
+ const char *, int, const char *, const char *);
+ __declspec(dllimport) extern __stdcall int MultiByteToWideChar(int, int, const char *, int,
+ WCHAR *, int);
+ __declspec(dllimport) extern __stdcall void OutputDebugStringW(const WCHAR *);
+ __declspec(dllimport) extern __stdcall int IsDebuggerPresent();
+ __declspec(dllimport) extern __stdcall int GetLastError();
+ __declspec(dllimport) extern __stdcall int GetFileAttributesW(const WCHAR *);
+ __declspec(dllimport) extern __stdcall int SetFileAttributesW(const WCHAR *, int);
+
+ __declspec(dllimport) extern int cygwin_conv_path(int, const void *, void *, int);
+ __declspec(dllimport) extern int cygwin_conv_path_list(int, const void *, void *, int);
+# define USE_PUTENV 1
+# define USE_PUTENV_FOR_UNSET 1
+/* On Cygwin, the environment is imported from the Cygwin DLL. */
+#ifndef __x86_64__
+# define environ __cygwin_environ
+ extern char **__cygwin_environ;
+#endif
+# define timezone _timezone
+ extern int TclOSstat(const char *name, void *statBuf);
+ extern int TclOSlstat(const char *name, void *statBuf);
+#elif defined(HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64) && !defined(__APPLE__)
+# define TclOSstat stat64
+# define TclOSlstat lstat64
+#else
+# define TclOSstat stat
+# define TclOSlstat lstat
+#endif
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Miscellaneous includes that might be missing.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
+# include <sys/select.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#if TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+# include <sys/time.h>
+# include <time.h>
+#else
+#if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+# include <sys/time.h>
+#else
+# include <time.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifndef NO_SYS_WAIT_H
+# include <sys/wait.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef NO_LIMITS_H
+# include "../compat/limits.h"
+#else
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#else
+# include "../compat/unistd.h"
+#endif
+
+extern int TclUnixSetBlockingMode(int fd, int mode);
+
+#include <utime.h>
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Socket support stuff: This likely needs more work to parameterize for each
+ * system.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#include <sys/socket.h> /* struct sockaddr, SOCK_STREAM, ... */
+#ifndef NO_UNAME
+# include <sys/utsname.h> /* uname system call. */
+#endif
+#include <netinet/in.h> /* struct in_addr, struct sockaddr_in */
+#include <arpa/inet.h> /* inet_ntoa() */
+#include <netdb.h> /* getaddrinfo() */
+#ifdef NEED_FAKE_RFC2553
+# include "../compat/fake-rfc2553.h"
+#endif
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Some platforms (e.g. SunOS) don't define FLT_MAX and FLT_MIN, so we look
+ * for an alternative definition. If no other alternative is available we use
+ * a reasonable guess.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifndef NO_FLOAT_H
+# include <float.h>
+#else
+#ifndef NO_VALUES_H
+# include <values.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FLT_MAX
+# ifdef MAXFLOAT
+# define FLT_MAX MAXFLOAT
+# else
+# define FLT_MAX 3.402823466E+38F
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef FLT_MIN
+# ifdef MINFLOAT
+# define FLT_MIN MINFLOAT
+# else
+# define FLT_MIN 1.175494351E-38F
+# endif
+#endif
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * NeXT doesn't define O_NONBLOCK, so #define it here if necessary.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifndef O_NONBLOCK
+# define O_NONBLOCK 0x80
+#endif
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * The type of the status returned by wait varies from UNIX system to UNIX
+ * system. The macro below defines it:
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifdef _AIX
+# define WAIT_STATUS_TYPE pid_t
+#else
+#ifndef NO_UNION_WAIT
+# define WAIT_STATUS_TYPE union wait
+#else
+# define WAIT_STATUS_TYPE int
+#endif
+#endif
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Supply definitions for macros to query wait status, if not already defined
+ * in header files above.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifndef WIFEXITED
+# define WIFEXITED(stat) (((*((int *) &(stat))) & 0xff) == 0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WEXITSTATUS
+# define WEXITSTATUS(stat) (((*((int *) &(stat))) >> 8) & 0xff)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WIFSIGNALED
+# define WIFSIGNALED(stat) \
+ (((*((int *) &(stat)))) && ((*((int *) &(stat))) \
+ == ((*((int *) &(stat))) & 0x00ff)))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WTERMSIG
+# define WTERMSIG(stat) ((*((int *) &(stat))) & 0x7f)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WIFSTOPPED
+# define WIFSTOPPED(stat) (((*((int *) &(stat))) & 0xff) == 0177)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WSTOPSIG
+# define WSTOPSIG(stat) (((*((int *) &(stat))) >> 8) & 0xff)
+#endif
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Define constants for waitpid() system call if they aren't defined by a
+ * system header file.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifndef WNOHANG
+# define WNOHANG 1
+#endif
+#ifndef WUNTRACED
+# define WUNTRACED 2
+#endif
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Supply macros for seek offsets, if they're not already provided by an
+ * include file.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifndef SEEK_SET
+# define SEEK_SET 0
+#endif
+#ifndef SEEK_CUR
+# define SEEK_CUR 1
+#endif
+#ifndef SEEK_END
+# define SEEK_END 2
+#endif
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * The stuff below is needed by the "time" command. If this system has no
+ * gettimeofday call, then must use times() instead.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifdef NO_GETTOD
+# include <sys/times.h>
+#else
+# ifdef HAVE_BSDGETTIMEOFDAY
+# define gettimeofday BSDgettimeofday
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GETTOD_NOT_DECLARED
+extern int gettimeofday(struct timeval *tp,
+ struct timezone *tzp);
+#endif
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Define access mode constants if they aren't already defined.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifndef F_OK
+# define F_OK 00
+#endif
+#ifndef X_OK
+# define X_OK 01
+#endif
+#ifndef W_OK
+# define W_OK 02
+#endif
+#ifndef R_OK
+# define R_OK 04
+#endif
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Define FD_CLOEEXEC (the close-on-exec flag bit) if it isn't already
+ * defined.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifndef FD_CLOEXEC
+# define FD_CLOEXEC 1
+#endif
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * On systems without symbolic links (i.e. S_IFLNK isn't defined) define
+ * "lstat" to use "stat" instead.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifndef S_IFLNK
+# undef TclOSlstat
+# define lstat stat
+# define lstat64 stat64
+# define TclOSlstat TclOSstat
+#endif
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Define macros to query file type bits, if they're not already defined.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifndef S_ISREG
+# ifdef S_IFREG
+# define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
+# else
+# define S_ISREG(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif /* !S_ISREG */
+#ifndef S_ISDIR
+# ifdef S_IFDIR
+# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+# else
+# define S_ISDIR(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif /* !S_ISDIR */
+#ifndef S_ISCHR
+# ifdef S_IFCHR
+# define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
+# else
+# define S_ISCHR(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif /* !S_ISCHR */
+
+#ifndef S_ISBLK
+# ifdef S_IFBLK
+# define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
+# else
+# define S_ISBLK(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif /* !S_ISBLK */
+
+#ifndef S_ISFIFO
+# ifdef S_IFIFO
+# define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
+# else
+# define S_ISFIFO(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif /* !S_ISFIFO */
+
+#ifndef S_ISLNK
+# ifdef S_IFLNK
+# define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
+# else
+# define S_ISLNK(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif /* !S_ISLNK */
+
+#ifndef S_ISSOCK
+# ifdef S_IFSOCK
+# define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
+# else
+# define S_ISSOCK(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif /* !S_ISSOCK */
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make sure that MAXPATHLEN and MAXNAMLEN are defined.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifndef MAXPATHLEN
+# ifdef PATH_MAX
+# define MAXPATHLEN PATH_MAX
+# else
+# define MAXPATHLEN 2048
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAXNAMLEN
+# ifdef NAME_MAX
+# define MAXNAMLEN NAME_MAX
+# else
+# define MAXNAMLEN 255
+# endif
+#endif
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Make sure that L_tmpnam is defined.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifndef L_tmpnam
+# define L_tmpnam 100
+#endif
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * The following macro defines the type of the mask arguments to select:
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifndef NO_FD_SET
+# define SELECT_MASK fd_set
+#else /* NO_FD_SET */
+# ifndef _AIX
+ typedef long fd_mask;
+# endif /* !AIX */
+# if defined(_IBMR2)
+# define SELECT_MASK void
+# else /* !defined(_IBMR2) */
+# define SELECT_MASK int
+# endif /* defined(_IBMR2) */
+#endif /* !NO_FD_SET */
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Define "NBBY" (number of bits per byte) if it's not already defined.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifndef NBBY
+# define NBBY 8
+#endif
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * The following macro defines the number of fd_masks in an fd_set:
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifndef FD_SETSIZE
+# ifdef OPEN_MAX
+# define FD_SETSIZE OPEN_MAX
+# else
+# define FD_SETSIZE 256
+# endif
+#endif /* FD_SETSIZE */
+
+#ifndef howmany
+# define howmany(x, y) (((x)+((y)-1))/(y))
+#endif /* !defined(howmany) */
+
+#ifndef NFDBITS
+# define NFDBITS NBBY*sizeof(fd_mask)
+#endif /* NFDBITS */
+
+#define MASK_SIZE howmany(FD_SETSIZE, NFDBITS)
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Not all systems declare the errno variable in errno.h. so this file does it
+ * explicitly. The list of system error messages also isn't generally declared
+ * in a header file anywhere.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifdef NO_ERRNO
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* NO_ERRNO */
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Not all systems declare all the errors that Tcl uses! Provide some
+ * work-arounds...
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifndef EOVERFLOW
+# ifdef EFBIG
+# define EOVERFLOW EFBIG
+# else /* !EFBIG */
+# define EOVERFLOW EINVAL
+# endif /* EFBIG */
+#endif /* EOVERFLOW */
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Variables provided by the C library:
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__DYNAMIC__)
+# include <crt_externs.h>
+# define environ (*_NSGetEnviron())
+# define USE_PUTENV 1
+#else
+# if defined(_sgi) || defined(__sgi)
+# define environ _environ
+# endif
+extern char ** environ;
+#endif
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Darwin specifc configure overrides.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Support for fat compiles: configure runs only once for multiple architectures
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+# if defined(__LP64__) && defined (NO_COREFOUNDATION_64)
+# undef HAVE_COREFOUNDATION
+# endif /* __LP64__ && NO_COREFOUNDATION_64 */
+# include <sys/cdefs.h>
+# ifdef __DARWIN_UNIX03
+# if __DARWIN_UNIX03
+# undef HAVE_PUTENV_THAT_COPIES
+# else
+# define HAVE_PUTENV_THAT_COPIES 1
+# endif
+# endif /* __DARWIN_UNIX03 */
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Include AvailabilityMacros.h here (when available) to ensure any symbolic
+ * MAC_OS_X_VERSION_* constants passed on the command line are translated.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+# ifdef HAVE_AVAILABILITYMACROS_H
+# include <AvailabilityMacros.h>
+# endif
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Support for weak import.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+# ifdef HAVE_WEAK_IMPORT
+# if !defined(HAVE_AVAILABILITYMACROS_H) || !defined(MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED)
+# undef HAVE_WEAK_IMPORT
+# else
+# ifndef WEAK_IMPORT_ATTRIBUTE
+# define WEAK_IMPORT_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__((weak_import))
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif /* HAVE_WEAK_IMPORT */
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Support for MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED define from AvailabilityMacros.h:
+ * only use API available in the indicated OS version or earlier.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+# ifdef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED
+# if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1050 && defined(__LP64__)
+# undef HAVE_COREFOUNDATION
+# endif
+# if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1040
+# undef HAVE_OSSPINLOCKLOCK
+# undef HAVE_PTHREAD_ATFORK
+# undef HAVE_COPYFILE
+# endif
+# if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1030
+# ifdef TCL_THREADS
+ /* prior to 10.3, realpath is not threadsafe, c.f. bug 711232 */
+# define NO_REALPATH 1
+# endif
+# undef HAVE_LANGINFO
+# endif
+# endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED */
+# if defined(HAVE_COREFOUNDATION) && defined(__LP64__) && \
+ defined(HAVE_WEAK_IMPORT) && MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
+# warning "Weak import of 64-bit CoreFoundation is not supported, will not run on Mac OS X < 10.5."
+# endif
+
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * At present, using vfork() instead of fork() causes execve() to fail
+ * intermittently on Darwin x86_64. rdar://4685553
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+# if defined(__x86_64__) && !defined(FIXED_RDAR_4685553)
+# undef USE_VFORK
+# endif /* __x86_64__ */
+/* Workaround problems with vfork() when building with llvm-gcc-4.2 */
+# if defined (__llvm__) && \
+ (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && (__GNUC_MINOR__ > 2 || \
+ (__GNUC_MINOR__ == 2 && __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__ > 0))))
+# undef USE_VFORK
+# endif /* __llvm__ */
+#endif /* __APPLE__ */
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * The following macros and declarations represent the interface between
+ * generic and unix-specific parts of Tcl. Some of the macros may override
+ * functions declared in tclInt.h.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The default platform eol translation on Unix is TCL_TRANSLATE_LF.
+ */
+
+#ifdef DJGPP
+#define TCL_PLATFORM_TRANSLATION TCL_TRANSLATE_CRLF
+typedef int socklen_t;
+#else
+#define TCL_PLATFORM_TRANSLATION TCL_TRANSLATE_LF
+#endif
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * The following macros have trivial definitions, allowing generic code to
+ * address platform-specific issues.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#define TclpReleaseFile(file) /* Nothing. */
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * The following defines wrap the system memory allocation routines.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#define TclpSysAlloc(size, isBin) malloc((size_t)(size))
+#define TclpSysFree(ptr) free((char *)(ptr))
+#define TclpSysRealloc(ptr, size) realloc((char *)(ptr), (size_t)(size))
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * The following macros and declaration wrap the C runtime library functions.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#define TclpExit exit
+
+#ifdef TCL_THREADS
+# include <pthread.h>
+#endif /* TCL_THREADS */
+
+/* FIXME - Hyper-enormous platform assumption! */
+#ifndef AF_INET6
+# define AF_INET6 10
+#endif
+\f
+/*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Set of MT-safe implementations of some known-to-be-MT-unsafe library calls.
+ * Instead of returning pointers to the static storage, those return pointers
+ * to the TSD data.
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+
+extern struct passwd * TclpGetPwNam(const char *name);
+extern struct group * TclpGetGrNam(const char *name);
+extern struct passwd * TclpGetPwUid(uid_t uid);
+extern struct group * TclpGetGrGid(gid_t gid);
+extern struct hostent * TclpGetHostByName(const char *name);
+extern struct hostent * TclpGetHostByAddr(const char *addr,
+ int length, int type);
+extern void *TclpMakeTcpClientChannelMode(
+ void *tcpSocket, int mode);
+
+#endif /* _TCLUNIXPORT */
+\f
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */
--- /dev/null
+libjpeg.9.dylib
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+# libjpeg.la - a libtool library file
+# Generated by libtool (GNU libtool) 2.4.6
+#
+# Please DO NOT delete this file!
+# It is necessary for linking the library.
+
+# The name that we can dlopen(3).
+dlname='libjpeg.9.dylib'
+
+# Names of this library.
+library_names='libjpeg.9.dylib libjpeg.dylib'
+
+# The name of the static archive.
+old_library='libjpeg.a'
+
+# Linker flags that cannot go in dependency_libs.
+inherited_linker_flags=' '
+
+# Libraries that this one depends upon.
+dependency_libs=''
+
+# Names of additional weak libraries provided by this library
+weak_library_names=''
+
+# Version information for libjpeg.
+current=14
+age=5
+revision=0
+
+# Is this an already installed library?
+installed=yes
+
+# Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules?
+shouldnotlink=no
+
+# Files to dlopen/dlpreopen
+dlopen=''
+dlpreopen=''
+
+# Directory that this library needs to be installed in:
+libdir='/Users/tacyas/Eos/hostdepend/ARM64MAC64/lib'
--- /dev/null
+prefix=/Users/tacyas/Eos/hostdepend/ARM64MAC64
+exec_prefix=${prefix}
+libdir=${exec_prefix}/lib
+includedir=${prefix}/include
+
+Name: libjpeg
+Description: Reads and writes JPEG files
+Version: 9.5.0
+Libs: -L${libdir} -ljpeg
+Cflags: -I${includedir}
TK_LIB_FILE='libtk8.6.dylib'
# Additional libraries to use when linking Tk.
-TK_LIBS='-L/opt/X11/lib -lX11 -Wl,-weak-lXss -lXext -lpthread -framework CoreFoundation -lz -framework CoreFoundation '
+TK_LIBS='-L/opt/X11/lib -lX11 -Wl,-weak-lXss -lXext -lpthread -framework CoreFoundation -lz -lpthread -framework CoreFoundation '
# Top-level directory in which Tk's platform-independent files are
# installed.
'\"
-'\" Copyright 1991-2001 by Bell Labs Innovations for Lucent Technologies.
+'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
+'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
-'\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-'\" documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided
-'\" that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that the
-'\" copyright notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting documentation,
-'\" and that the names of Lucent Technologies any of their entities not be used
-'\" in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software
-'\" without specific, written prior permission.
-'\"
-'\" Lucent Technologies disclaims all warranties with regard to this software,
-'\" including all implied warranties of merchantability and fitness. In no event
-'\" shall Lucent Technologies be liable for any special, indirect or
-'\" consequential damages or any damages whatsoever resulting from loss of use,
-'\" data or profits, whether in an action of contract, negligence or other
-'\" tortuous action, arising out of or in connection with the use or performance
-'\" of this software.
-'\"
-'\" Bitmap command created by George Howlett.
-'\"
-'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk
-'\" manual entries.
-'\"
-'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
-'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
-'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
-'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
-'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
-'\" needed; use .AS below instead)
-'\"
-'\" .AS ?type? ?name?
-'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and
-'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
-'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
-'\"
-'\" .BS
-'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be
-'\" enclosed in one large box.
-'\"
-'\" .BE
-'\" End of box enclosure.
-'\"
-'\" .CS
-'\" Begin code excerpt.
-'\"
-'\" .CE
-'\" End code excerpt.
-'\"
-'\" .VS ?version? ?br?
-'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
-'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording
-'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
-'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument
-'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
-'\"
-'\" .VE
-'\" End of vertical sidebar.
-'\"
-'\" .DS
-'\" Begin an indented unfilled display.
-'\"
-'\" .DE
-'\" End of indented unfilled display.
-'\"
-'\" .SO
-'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The
-'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated
-'\" by tabs.
-'\"
-'\" .SE
-'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
-'\"
-'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
-'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the
-'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
-'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
-'\" the option's class in the option database.
-'\"
-'\" .UL arg1 arg2
-'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
-'\"
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1.1.1 2009/05/09 16:27:42 pcmacdon Exp $
-'\"
-'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+'\"
+.TH bitmap n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
+.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used
+.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries.
+.\"
+.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
+.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
+.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
+.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
+.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
+.\" needed; use .AS below instead)
+.\"
+.\" .AS ?type? ?name?
+.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and
+.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
+.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
+.\"
+.\" .BS
+.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be
+.\" enclosed in one large box.
+.\"
+.\" .BE
+.\" End of box enclosure.
+.\"
+.\" .CS
+.\" Begin code excerpt.
+.\"
+.\" .CE
+.\" End code excerpt.
+.\"
+.\" .VS ?version? ?br?
+.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
+.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording
+.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
+.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument
+.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
+.\"
+.\" .VE
+.\" End of vertical sidebar.
+.\"
+.\" .DS
+.\" Begin an indented unfilled display.
+.\"
+.\" .DE
+.\" End of indented unfilled display.
+.\"
+.\" .SO ?manpage?
+.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage
+.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if
+.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive
+.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs.
+.\"
+.\" .SE
+.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
+.\"
+.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
+.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the
+.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
+.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
+.\" the option's class in the option database.
+.\"
+.\" .UL arg1 arg2
+.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
+.\"
+.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2?
+.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation).
+.\"
+.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2?
+.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally
+.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis.
+.\"
+.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
-'\" # Start an argument description
+.\" # Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
-\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3)
+\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.\}
.\}
..
-'\" # define tabbing values for .AP
+.\" # define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
-'\" # BS - start boxed text
-'\" # ^y = starting y location
-'\" # ^b = 1
+.\" # BS - start boxed text
+.\" # ^y = starting y location
+.\" # ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
-'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
+.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
-'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar
-'\" # ^Y = starting y location
-'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter)
+.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar
+.\" # ^Y = starting y location
+.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
-'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar
+.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
-'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current
-'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
-'\" # page bottom macro.
+.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current
+.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
+.\" # page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
-'\" # DS - begin display
+.\" # DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
-'\" # DE - end display
+.\" # DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
-'\" # SO - start of list of standard options
+.\" # SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO
+'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR
+'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR
.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
-.ta 4c 8c 12c
+.ta 5.5c 11c
.ft B
..
-'\" # SE - end of list of standard options
+.\" # SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
-See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
+See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
-'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option
+.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.fi
.IP
..
-'\" # CS - begin code excerpt
+.\" # CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
-.ft CW
-.sp
..
-'\" # CE - end code excerpt
+.\" # CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
-.ft R
-.sp
..
+.\" # UL - underline word
.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..
-.TH bitmap n 2.5 BLT "BLT Built-In Commands"
+.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word
+.de QW
+.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2
+.\"" fix emacs highlighting
+.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2
+..
+.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word
+.de PQ
+.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3
+.\"" fix emacs highlighting
+.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3
+..
+.\" # QR - quoted range
+.de QR
+.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3
+.\"" fix emacs highlighting
+.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3
+..
+.\" # MT - "empty" string
+.de MT
+.QW ""
+..
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
-bitmap \- Define a new bitmap from a Tcl script
+bitmap \- Images that display two colors
.SH SYNOPSIS
-\fBbitmap define \fIbitmapName data\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
-.sp
-\fBbitmap compose \fIbitmapName text\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
-.sp
-\fBbitmap exists \fIbitmapName\fR
-.sp
-\fBbitmap source \fIbitmapName\fR
-.sp
-\fBbitmap data \fIbitmapName\fR
-.sp
-\fBbitmap height \fIbitmapName\fR
-.sp
-\fBbitmap width \fIbitmapName\fR
+.nf
+\fBimage create bitmap \fR?\fIname\fR? ?\fIoptions\fR?
+
+\fIimageName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+\fIimageName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
+.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fBbitmap\fR command lets you create new bitmaps directly from your
-Tcl script. The bitmap can be specified as a list of data or a text string
-which is converted into a bitmap. You can arbitrarily scale
-or rotate the bitmap too.
-.SH INTRODUCTION
-Bitmaps are commonly used within Tk. In label and button widgets, you
-display bitmaps them instead of text strings and in the canvas and
-text widgets, they're used for stippling. But Tk let's you can create
-new bitmaps only by reading the bitmap data from a file. This makes
-bitmaps cumbersome to manage, especially in packaging the program as a
-\fBwish\fR script, since each bitmap must be its own file. It would
-be nicer if you could create new bitmaps directly from your Tcl script.
.PP
-The \fBbitmap\fR command lets you do just that. You can specify the
-bitmap as in various formats (such as the X11 bitmap format). You can
-also compose a bitmap from a text string. The \fBbitmap\fR command
-also lets you and arbitrarily rotate or scale the bitmap. For example, you
-could use this to create button widgets with the text label rotated 90
-degrees.
-.SH EXAMPLE
-<<<<<<< bitmap.mann
-You can define a new bitmap with the \fBdefine\fR operation. For
-example, let's say you are using the X11 bitmap "gray1". Normally to
-use it, you would specify the location of the file.
-.CS
-label .l -bitmap @/usr/X11R6/include/X11/bitmaps/gray1
-.CE
-But you can simply cut and paste the contents of "gray1" into the
-\fBbitmap\fR command.
-.CS
-bitmap define gray1 {
- #define gray1_width 2
- #define gray1_height 2
- static char gray1_bits[] = {
- 0x01, 0x02};
-}
-label .l -bitmap gray1
-.CE
-Tk will recognize "gray1" as a bitmap which can now be used with any
-widget that accepts bitmaps.
-.CS
-.barchart element configure elem1 -stipple gray1
-.CE
-The bitmap data can be specified in a mulitude of forms.
-The following commands are all equivalent.
-.CS
-bitmap define gray1 {
- #define gray1_width 2
- #define gray1_height 2
- static char gray1_bits[] = {
- 0x01, 0x02};
-}
-bitmap define gray1 { { 2 2 } { 0x01, 0x02 } }
-bitmap define gray1 { { 2 2 } { 0x01 0x02 } }
-bitmap define gray1 { { 2 2 } { 1 2 } }
-.CE
-Either the data is in the standard X11 bitmap form, or it's a list of
-two lists. The first list contains the height and width of the bitmap.
-The second list is the bitmap source data. Each element of that list
-is an hexadecimal number specifying which pixels are foreground (1)
-and which are background (0) of the bitmap. Note that the format of
-the source data is exactly that of the XBM format.
-.P
-You can scale or rotate the bitmap as you create it, by using the
-\fB-scale\fR or\fB-rotate\fR options.
-.CS
-bitmap define gray1 {
- #define gray1_width 2
- #define gray1_height 2
- static char gray1_bits[] = {
- 0x01, 0x02};
-} -scale 2.0 -rotate 90.0
-.CE
-In addition, you can compose bitmaps from text strings. This makes it
-easy to create rotated buttons or labels. The text string can have
-multi-line.
-.CS
-bitmap compose rot_text "This is rotated\\ntext" \\
- -rotate 90.0 -font fixed
-.CE
-There are also a number of ways to query bitmaps. This isn't limited
-to bitmaps that you create, but any bitmap.
-.CS
-bitmap exists rot_text
-bitmap width rot_text
-bitmap height rot_text
-bitmap data rot_text
-bitmap source rot_text
-.CE
-The \fBexists\fR operation indicates if a bitmap by that name is
-defined. You can query the dimensions of the bitmap using the
-\fBwidth\fR and \fBheight\fR operations. The \fBdata\fR operation
-returns the list of the data used to create the bitmap.
-For example, you could query the data of a bitmap and \fBsend\fR
-it across the network to another Tk application.
-.CS
-set data [bitmap data @/usr/X11R6/include/X11/bitmaps/ghost.xbm]
-send {wish #2} bitmap define ghost $data
-.CE
-.SH OPERATIONS
-The following operations are available for \fBbitmap\fR:
-.TP
-\fBbitmap compose \fIbitmapName text \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Creates a bitmap \fIbitmapName\fR from the text string \fItext\fR.
-A bitmap \fIbitmapName\fR can not already exist.
-The following options are available.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fB\-font \fIfontName\fR
-Specifies a font to use when drawing text into the bitmap.
-If this option isn't specified then \fIfontName\fR defaults to
-\fB*-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-140-*\fR.
+A bitmap is an image whose pixels can display either of two colors
+or be transparent.
+A bitmap image is defined by four things: a background color,
+a foreground color, and two bitmaps, called the \fIsource\fR
+and the \fImask\fR.
+Each of the bitmaps specifies 0/1 values for a rectangular
+array of pixels, and the two bitmaps must have the same
+dimensions.
+For pixels where the mask is zero, the image displays nothing,
+producing a transparent effect.
+For other pixels, the image displays the foreground color if
+the source data is one and the background color if the source
+data is zero.
+.SH "CREATING BITMAPS"
+.PP
+Like all images, bitmaps are created using the \fBimage create\fR
+command.
+Bitmaps support the following \fIoptions\fR:
.TP
-\fB\-rotate \fItheta\fR
-Specifies the angle of rotation of the text in the bitmap.
-\fITheta\fR is a real number representing the angle in degrees.
-It defaults to \fB0.0\fR degrees.
+\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR
+.
+Specifies a background color for the image in any of the standard
+ways accepted by Tk. If this option is set to an empty string
+then the background pixels will be transparent. This effect
+is achieved by using the source bitmap as the mask bitmap, ignoring
+any \fB\-maskdata\fR or \fB\-maskfile\fR options.
.TP
-\fB\-scale \fIvalue\fR
-Specifies the scale of the bitmap.
-\fIValue\fR is a real number representing the scale. A scale
-of 1.0 indicates no scaling is necessary, while 2.0 would
-double the size of the bitmap. There is no way to specify
-differents scales for the width and height of the bitmap.
-The default scale is \fB1.0\fR.
-.RE
+\fB\-data \fIstring\fR
+.
+Specifies the contents of the source bitmap as a string.
+The string must adhere to X11 bitmap format (e.g., as generated
+by the \fBbitmap\fR program).
+If both the \fB\-data\fR and \fB\-file\fR options are specified,
+the \fB\-data\fR option takes precedence.
.TP
-\fBbitmap data \fIbitmapName\fR
-Returns a list of both the
-dimensions of the bitmap \fIbitmapName\fR and its source data.
+\fB\-file \fIname\fR
+.
+\fIname\fR gives the name of a file whose contents define the
+source bitmap.
+The file must adhere to X11 bitmap format (e.g., as generated
+by the \fBbitmap\fR program).
.TP
-\fBbitmap define \fIbitmapName data\fR \fR?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Associates \fIbitmapName\fR with in-memory bitmap data so that
-\fIbitmapName\fR can be used in later calls to \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR.
-The \fIbitmapName\fR argument is the name of the bitmap; it must not
-previously have been defined in either a call to Tk_DefineBitmap or
-\fBbitmap\fR. The argument \fIdata\fP describes the bitmap to
-be created. It is either the X11 bitmap format (a C structure) or
-a list of two lists: the dimensions and source data. The dimensions
-are a list of two numbers which are the width
-and height of the bitmap. The source data is a list of hexadecimal
-values in a format similar to the X11 or X10 bitmap format. The
-values may be optionally separated by commas and do not need to be
-prefixed with "0x". The following options are available.
-.RS
+\fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR
+.
+Specifies a foreground color for the image in any of the standard
+ways accepted by Tk.
.TP
-\fB\-rotate \fItheta\fR
-Specifies how many degrees to rotate the bitmap.
-\fITheta\fR is a real number representing the angle.
-The default is \fB0.0\fR degrees.
-.TP
-\fB\-scale \fIvalue\fR
-Specifies how to scale the bitmap.
-\fIValue\fR is a real number representing the scale. A scale
-of 1.0 indicates no scaling is necessary, while 2.0 would
-double the size of the bitmap. There is no way to specify
-differents scales for the width and height of the bitmap.
-The default scale is \fB1.0\fR.
-.RE
+\fB\-maskdata \fIstring\fR
+.
+Specifies the contents of the mask as a string.
+The string must adhere to X11 bitmap format (e.g., as generated
+by the \fBbitmap\fR program).
+If both the \fB\-maskdata\fR and \fB\-maskfile\fR options are specified,
+the \fB\-maskdata\fR option takes precedence.
.TP
-\fBbitmap exists \fIbitmapName\fR
-Returns \fB1\fR if a bitmap \fIbitmapName\fR exists, otherwise \fB0\fR.
-.TP
-\fBbitmap height \fIbitmapName\fR
-Returns the height in pixels of the bitmap \fIbitmapName\fR.
+\fB\-maskfile \fIname\fR
+.
+\fIname\fR gives the name of a file whose contents define the
+mask.
+The file must adhere to X11 bitmap format (e.g., as generated
+by the \fBbitmap\fR program).
+.SH "IMAGE COMMAND"
+.PP
+When a bitmap image is created, Tk also creates a new command
+whose name is the same as the image.
+This command may be used to invoke various operations
+on the image.
+It has the following general form:
+.CS
+\fIimageName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
+.CE
+\fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
+determine the exact behavior of the command. The following
+commands are possible for bitmap images:
.TP
-\fBbitmap source \fIbitmapName\fR
-Returns the source data of the bitmap \fIbitmapName\fR. The source data is a
-list of the hexadecimal values.
+\fIimageName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
+.
+Returns the current value of the configuration option given
+by \fIoption\fR.
+\fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBimage create\fR \fBbitmap\fR command.
.TP
-\fBbitmap width \fIbitmapName\fR
-Returns the width in pixels of the bitmap \fIbitmapName\fR.
-.SH LIMITATIONS
-Tk currently offers no way of destroying bitmaps. Once a bitmap is
-created, it exists until the application terminates.
+\fIimageName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
+.
+Query or modify the configuration options for the image.
+If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of
+the available options for \fIimageName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
+information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified
+with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
+one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
+sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If
+one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
+modifies the given option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns an empty string.
+\fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBimage create\fR \fBbitmap\fR command.
.SH KEYWORDS
-bitmap
+bitmap, image
+'\" Local Variables:
+'\" mode: nroff
+'\" End:
'\"
-'\" Copyright 1991-1997 by Bell Labs Innovations for Lucent Technologies.
+'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1998 Lucent Technologies, Inc.
+'\" Copyright (c) 2008 Jos Decoster
'\"
'\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
'\" documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided
-'\" that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that the
-'\" copyright notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting documentation,
-'\" and that the names of Lucent Technologies any of their entities not be used
-'\" in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software
-'\" without specific, written prior permission.
+'\" that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+'\" the copyright notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+'\" documentation, and that the names of Lucent Technologies any of their
+'\" entities not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to
+'\" distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
'\"
'\" Lucent Technologies disclaims all warranties with regard to this software,
-'\" including all implied warranties of merchantability and fitness. In no event
-'\" shall Lucent Technologies be liable for any special, indirect or
-'\" consequential damages or any damages whatsoever resulting from loss of use,
-'\" data or profits, whether in an action of contract, negligence or other
-'\" tortuous action, arising out of or in connection with the use or performance
-'\" of this software.
+'\" including all implied warranties of merchantability and fitness. In no
+'\" event shall Lucent Technologies be liable for any special, indirect or
+'\" consequential damages or any damages whatsoever resulting from loss of
+'\" use, data or profits, whether in an action of contract, negligence or
+'\" other tortuous action, arising out of or in connection with the use or
+'\" performance of this software.
'\"
-'\" Busy command created by George Howlett.
+'\" BLT::busy command created by George Howlett.
'\"
-'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk
-'\" manual entries.
+'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
-'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
-'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
-'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
-'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
-'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
-'\" needed; use .AS below instead)
-'\"
-'\" .AS ?type? ?name?
-'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and
-'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
-'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
-'\"
-'\" .BS
-'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be
-'\" enclosed in one large box.
-'\"
-'\" .BE
-'\" End of box enclosure.
-'\"
-'\" .CS
-'\" Begin code excerpt.
-'\"
-'\" .CE
-'\" End code excerpt.
-'\"
-'\" .VS ?version? ?br?
-'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
-'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording
-'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
-'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument
-'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
-'\"
-'\" .VE
-'\" End of vertical sidebar.
-'\"
-'\" .DS
-'\" Begin an indented unfilled display.
-'\"
-'\" .DE
-'\" End of indented unfilled display.
-'\"
-'\" .SO
-'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The
-'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated
-'\" by tabs.
-'\"
-'\" .SE
-'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
-'\"
-'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
-'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the
-'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
-'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
-'\" the option's class in the option database.
-'\"
-'\" .UL arg1 arg2
-'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
-'\"
-'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1.1.1 2009/05/09 16:27:42 pcmacdon Exp $
-'\"
-'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
+.TH busy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
+.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used
+.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries.
+.\"
+.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent?
+.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure.
+.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out",
+.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg,
+.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be
+.\" needed; use .AS below instead)
+.\"
+.\" .AS ?type? ?name?
+.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and
+.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed
+.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used.
+.\"
+.\" .BS
+.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be
+.\" enclosed in one large box.
+.\"
+.\" .BE
+.\" End of box enclosure.
+.\"
+.\" .CS
+.\" Begin code excerpt.
+.\"
+.\" .CE
+.\" End code excerpt.
+.\"
+.\" .VS ?version? ?br?
+.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts
+.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording
+.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be
+.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument
+.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar.
+.\"
+.\" .VE
+.\" End of vertical sidebar.
+.\"
+.\" .DS
+.\" Begin an indented unfilled display.
+.\"
+.\" .DE
+.\" End of indented unfilled display.
+.\"
+.\" .SO ?manpage?
+.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage
+.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if
+.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive
+.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs.
+.\"
+.\" .SE
+.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget.
+.\"
+.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass
+.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the
+.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives
+.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives
+.\" the option's class in the option database.
+.\"
+.\" .UL arg1 arg2
+.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally.
+.\"
+.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2?
+.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation).
+.\"
+.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2?
+.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally
+.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis.
+.\"
+.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages.
.if t .wh -1.3i ^B
.nr ^l \n(.l
.ad b
-'\" # Start an argument description
+.\" # Start an argument description
.de AP
.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4
.el \{\
.\}
.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu
.ie !"\\$3"" \{\
-\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3)
+\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3)
.\".b
.\}
.el \{\
.\}
.\}
..
-'\" # define tabbing values for .AP
+.\" # define tabbing values for .AP
.de AS
.nr )A 10n
.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n
.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n
..
.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out
-'\" # BS - start boxed text
-'\" # ^y = starting y location
-'\" # ^b = 1
+.\" # BS - start boxed text
+.\" # ^y = starting y location
+.\" # ^b = 1
.de BS
.br
.mk ^y
.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul'
.if n .fi
..
-'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
+.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now)
.de BE
.nf
.ti 0
.br
.nr ^b 0
..
-'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar
-'\" # ^Y = starting y location
-'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter)
+.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar
+.\" # ^Y = starting y location
+.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter)
.de VS
.if !"\\$2"" .br
.mk ^Y
.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0
.el .nr ^v 1u
..
-'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar
+.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar
.de VE
.ie n 'mc
.el \{\
.\}
.nr ^v 0
..
-'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current
-'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
-'\" # page bottom macro.
+.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current
+.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard
+.\" # page bottom macro.
.de ^B
.ev 2
'ti 0
.mk ^Y
.\}
..
-'\" # DS - begin display
+.\" # DS - begin display
.de DS
.RS
.nf
.sp
..
-'\" # DE - end display
+.\" # DE - end display
.de DE
.fi
.RE
.sp
..
-'\" # SO - start of list of standard options
+.\" # SO - start of list of standard options
.de SO
+'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR
+'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR
.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS"
.LP
.nf
-.ta 4c 8c 12c
+.ta 5.5c 11c
.ft B
..
-'\" # SE - end of list of standard options
+.\" # SE - end of list of standard options
.de SE
.fi
.ft R
.LP
-See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options.
+See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options.
..
-'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option
+.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option
.de OP
.LP
.nf
.fi
.IP
..
-'\" # CS - begin code excerpt
+.\" # CS - begin code excerpt
.de CS
.RS
.nf
.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i
-.ft CW
-.sp
..
-'\" # CE - end code excerpt
+.\" # CE - end code excerpt
.de CE
.fi
.RE
-.ft R
-.sp
..
+.\" # UL - underline word
.de UL
\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2
..
-.TH busy n 2.5 BLT "BLT Built-In Commands"
-.BS
+.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word
+.de QW
+.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2
+.\"" fix emacs highlighting
+.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2
+..
+.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word
+.de PQ
+.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3
+.\"" fix emacs highlighting
+.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3
+..
+.\" # QR - quoted range
+.de QR
+.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3
+.\"" fix emacs highlighting
+.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3
+..
+.\" # MT - "empty" string
+.de MT
+.QW ""
+..
+.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
-busy \- Make Tk widgets busy, temporarily blocking user interactions.
+busy \- confine pointer and keyboard events to a window sub-tree
.SH SYNOPSIS
-\fBbusy hold \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
+\fBtk busy\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.sp
-\fBbusy release \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwindow\fR?...
+\fBtk busy hold\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.sp
-\fBbusy configure \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
+\fBtk busy configure \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
.sp
-\fBbusy forget \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwindow\fR?...
+\fBtk busy forget\fR \fIwindow \fR?\fIwindow \fR?...
.sp
-\fBbusy isbusy \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
+\fBtk busy current\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.sp
-\fBbusy names \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
-.sp
-\fBbusy status \fIwindow\fR
+\fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
-The \fBbusy\fR command provides a simple means to block
-keyboard, button, and pointer events from Tk widgets, while overriding
-the widget's cursor with a configurable busy cursor.
+The \fBtk busy\fR command provides a simple means to block keyboard, button,
+and pointer events from Tk widgets, while overriding the widget's cursor with
+a configurable busy cursor.
.SH INTRODUCTION
.PP
-There are many times in applications where you want to temporarily
-restrict what actions the user can take. For example, an application
-could have a "run" button that when pressed causes some processing to
-occur. But while the application is busy processing, you probably don't
-want the the user to be able to click the "run" button again. You
-may also want restrict the user from other tasks such as clicking a
-"print" button.
+There are many times in applications where you want to temporarily restrict
+what actions the user can take. For example, an application could have a
+.QW Run
+button that when pressed causes some processing to occur. However, while the
+application is busy processing, you probably don't want the user to be
+able to click the
+.QW Run
+button again. You may also want restrict the user from other tasks such as
+clicking a
+.QW Print
+button.
+.PP
+The \fBtk busy\fR command lets you make Tk widgets busy. This means that user
+interactions such as button clicks, moving the mouse, typing at the keyboard,
+etc.\0are ignored by the widget. You can set a special cursor (like a watch)
+that overrides the widget's normal cursor, providing feedback that the
+application (widget) is temporarily busy.
+.PP
+When a widget is made busy, the widget and all of its descendants will ignore
+events. It's easy to make an entire panel of widgets busy. You can simply make
+the toplevel widget (such as
+.QW . )
+busy. This is easier and far much more efficient than recursively traversing
+the widget hierarchy, disabling each widget and re-configuring its cursor.
.PP
-The \fBbusy\fR command lets you make Tk widgets busy. This means
-that user interactions such as button clicks, moving the mouse, typing
-at the keyboard, etc. are ignored by the widget. You can set a
-special cursor (like a watch) that overrides the widget's normal
-cursor, providing feedback that the application (widget) is
-temporarily busy.
+Often, the \fBtk busy\fR command can be used instead of Tk's \fBgrab\fR
+command. Unlike \fBgrab\fR which restricts all user interactions to one
+widget, with the \fBtk busy\fR command you can have more than one widget
+active (for example, a
+.QW Cancel
+dialog and a
+.QW Help
+button).
+.SS EXAMPLE
.PP
-When a widget is made busy, the widget and all of its descendents will
-ignore events. It's easy to make an entire panel of widgets busy. You
-can simply make the toplevel widget (such as ".") busy. This is
-easier and far much more efficient than recursively traversing the
-widget hierarchy, disabling each widget and re-configuring its cursor.
+You can make several widgets busy by simply making its ancestor widget busy
+using the \fBhold\fR operation.
.PP
-Often, the busy command can be used instead of Tk's \fBgrab\fR
-command. Unlike \fBgrab\fR which restricts all user interactions to
-one widget, with the busy command you can have more than one widget
-active (for example, a "cancel" dialog and a "help" button).
-.SH EXAMPLE
-You can make several widgets busy by simply making its ancestor widget
-busy using the \fBhold\fR operation.
.CS
frame .top
button .top.button; canvas .top.canvas
pack .top.button .top.canvas
pack .top
- . . .
-busy hold .top
+# . . .
+\fBtk busy\fR hold .top
update
.CE
-All the widgets within \fB.top\fR (including \fB.top\fR) are now busy.
-Using \fBupdate\fR insures that \fBbusy\fR command will take effect before
-any other user events can occur.
+.PP
+All the widgets within \fB.top\fR (including \fB.top\fR) are now busy. Using
+\fBupdate\fR insures that \fBtk busy\fR command will take effect before any
+other user events can occur.
.PP
When the application is no longer busy processing, you can allow user
-interactions again by the \fBrelease\fR operation.
-.nf
-
-\fB busy release .top \fR
-
-.fi
-The busy window has a configurable cursor. You can change the busy
-cursor using the \fBconfigure\fR operation.
-.nf
-
-\fB busy configure .top -cursor "watch"\fR
-
-.fi
-Finally, when you no longer need to the busy window,
-invoke the \fBforget\fR operation to free any resources it allocated.
-.nf
-
-\fB busy forget .top \fR
-
-.fi
-Destroying the widget will also clean up any resources allocated by
-the busy command.
+interactions again and free any resources it allocated by the \fBforget\fR
+operation.
+.PP
+.CS
+\fBtk busy\fR forget .top
+.CE
+.PP
+The busy window has a configurable cursor. You can change the busy cursor
+using the \fBconfigure\fR operation.
+.PP
+.CS
+\fBtk busy\fR configure .top \-cursor "watch"
+.CE
+.PP
+Destroying the widget will also clean up any resources allocated by the \fBtk
+busy\fR command.
.PP
.SH OPERATIONS
-The following operations are available for the \fBbusy\fR command:
+.PP
+The following operations are available for the \fBtk busy\fR command:
.TP
-\fBbusy hold \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Makes the widget \fIwindow\fR (and its descendants in the Tk window
-hierarchy) busy. \fIWindow\fR must be a valid path name of a Tk
-widget. The busy window is mapped the next time idle tasks are
-processed, and the widget and its descendants will be blocked from
-user interactions. All events in the widget window and its
-descendants are ignored. Normally \fBupdate\fR should be called
-immediately afterward to insure that the \fBhold\fR operation is in
-effect \fIbefore\fR the application starts its processing. The
+\fBtk busy \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
+.
+Shortcut for \fBtk busy hold\fR command.
+.TP
+\fBtk busy hold \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
+.
+Makes the specified \fIwindow\fR (and its descendants in the Tk window
+hierarchy) appear busy. \fIWindow\fR must be a valid path name of a Tk widget.
+A transparent window is put in front of the specified window. This transparent
+window is mapped the next time idle tasks are processed, and the specified
+window and its descendants will be blocked from user interactions. Normally
+\fBupdate\fR should be called immediately afterward to insure that the hold
+operation is in effect before the application starts its processing. The
following configuration options are valid:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-cursor \fIcursorName\fR
+.
Specifies the cursor to be displayed when the widget is made busy.
-\fICursorName\fR can be in any form accepted by \fBTk_GetCursor\fR.
-The default cursor is \fBwatch\fR.
+\fICursorName\fR can be in any form accepted by \fBTk_GetCursor\fR. The
+default cursor is \fBwait\fR on Windows and \fBwatch\fR on other platforms.
.RE
.TP
-\fBbusy configure \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
-Queries or modifies the \fBbusy\fR command configuration options for
-\fIwindow\fR. \fIWindow\fR must be the path name of a widget previously
-made busy by the \fBhold\fR operation. If no options are
-specified, a list describing all of the available options for
-\fIwindow\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format
-of this list) is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified with no
-\fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the one named
-option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of
-the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more
-\fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the
-given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the
-command returns the empty string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the
-values accepted by the \fBhold\fR operation.
-.sp
-Please note that the
-option database is referenced through \fIwindow\fR. For example, if
-the widget \fB.frame\fR is to be made busy, the busy
-cursor can be specified for it by either \fBoption\fR command:
-.nf
-
- \fBoption add *frame.busyCursor gumby\fR
- \fBoption add *Frame.BusyCursor gumby\fR
-
-.fi
-.TP
-\fBbusy forget \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwindow\fR?...
-Releases resources allocated by the busy command for \fIwindow\fR,
-including the busy window. User events will again be received again
-by \fIwindow\fR. Resources are also released when \fIwindow\fR
-is destroyed. \fIWindow\fR must be the name of a widget specified
-in the \fBhold\fR operation, otherwise an error is reported.
+\fBtk busy cget \fIwindow\fR \fIoption\fR
+.
+Queries the \fBtk busy\fR command configuration options for \fIwindow\fR.
+\fIWindow\fR must be the path name of a widget previously made busy by the
+\fBhold\fR operation. The command returns the present value of the specified
+\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
+\fBhold\fR operation.
.TP
-\fBbusy isbusy \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
-Returns the pathnames of all widgets that are currently busy.
-If a \fIpattern\fR is given, the path names of busy widgets
-matching \fIpattern\fR are returned.
+\fBtk busy configure \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?...
+.
+Queries or modifies the \fBtk busy\fR command configuration options for
+\fIwindow\fR. \fIWindow\fR must be the path name of a widget previously made
+busy by the \fBhold\fR operation. If no options are specified, a list
+describing all of the available options for \fIwindow\fR (see
+\fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list) is
+returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command
+returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be identical to
+the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is
+specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the
+command modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
+this case the command returns the empty string. \fIOption\fR may have any of
+the values accepted by the \fBhold\fR operation.
+.RS
+.PP
+Please note that the option database is referenced through \fIwindow\fR. For
+example, if the widget \fB.frame\fR is to be made busy, the busy cursor can be
+specified for it by either \fBoption\fR command:
+.PP
+.CS
+option add *frame.busyCursor gumby
+option add *Frame.BusyCursor gumby
+.CE
+.RE
.TP
-\fBbusy names \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
-Returns the pathnames of all widgets that have previously been
-made busy (i.e. a busy window is allocated and associated with the
-widget). It makes no difference if the window is currently busy or
-not. If a \fIpattern\fR is given, the path names of busy widgets
-matching \fIpattern\fR are returned.
+\fBtk busy forget \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwindow\fR?...
+.
+Releases resources allocated by the \fBtk busy\fR command for \fIwindow\fR,
+including the transparent window. User events will again be received by
+\fIwindow\fR. Resources are also released when \fIwindow\fR is destroyed.
+\fIWindow\fR must be the name of a widget specified in the \fBhold\fR
+operation, otherwise an error is reported.
.TP
-\fBbusy release \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwindow\fR?...
-Restores user interactions to the widget \fIwindow\fR again.
-This differs from the \fBforget\fR operation in that the busy window
-is not destroyed, but simply unmapped.
-\fIWindow\fR must be the name of a widget specified
-in a \fBhold\fR operation, otherwise an error is reported.
+\fBtk busy current \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
+.
+Returns the pathnames of all widgets that are currently busy. If a
+\fIpattern\fR is given, only the path names of busy widgets matching
+\fIpattern\fR are returned.
.TP
-\fBbusy status \fIwindow\fR
-Returns the status of a widget \fIwindow\fR previously made busy.
-An error is reported if \fIwindow\fR was never made busy, or
-the \fBforget\fR operation was invoked (i.e. does not currently have a
-busy window associated with it). If \fIwindow\fR is presently can
-not receive user interactions, \fB1\fR is returned, otherwise \fB0\fR.
-.sp 1
-.SH BINDINGS
+\fBtk busy status \fIwindow\fR
+.
+Returns the status of a widget \fIwindow\fR. If \fIwindow\fR presently can not
+receive user interactions, \fB1\fR is returned, otherwise \fB0\fR.
+.SH "EVENT HANDLING"
+.SS BINDINGS
+.PP
The event blocking feature is implemented by creating and mapping a
-transparent window that completely covers the widget. When the busy
-window is mapped, it invisibly shields the widget and its hierarchy
-from all events that may be sent. Like Tk widgets, busy windows have
-widget names in the Tk window hierarchy. This means that you can use
-the \fBbind\fR command, to handle events in the busy window.
+transparent window that completely covers the widget. When the busy window is
+mapped, it invisibly shields the widget and its hierarchy from all events that
+may be sent. Like Tk widgets, busy windows have widget names in the Tk window
+hierarchy. This means that you can use the \fBbind\fR command, to handle
+events in the busy window.
+.PP
.CS
-busy hold .frame.canvas
-bind .frame.canvas_Busy <Enter> { ... }
+\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame.canvas
+bind .frame.canvas_Busy <Enter> { ... }
.CE
.PP
-Normally the busy window is a sibling of the widget. The
-name of the busy window is "\fIwidget\fB_Busy\fR" where \fIwidget\fR
-is the name of the widget to be made busy. In the previous example, the
-pathname of the busy window is "\fB.frame.canvas_Busy\fR" The
-exception is when the widget is a toplevel widget (such as ".") where
-the busy window can't be made a sibling. The busy window is then a
-child of the widget named "\fIwidget\fB._Busy\fR" where \fIwidget\fR
-is the name of the toplevel widget. In the following example, the
-pathname of the busy window is "\fB._Busy\fR"
+Normally the busy window is a sibling of the widget. The name of the busy
+window is
+.QW \fIwidget\fB_Busy\fR
+where \fIwidget\fR is the name of the widget to be made busy. In the previous
+example, the pathname of the busy window is
+.QW \fB.frame.canvas_Busy\fR .
+The exception is when the widget is a toplevel widget (such as
+.QW . )
+where the busy window can't be made a sibling. The busy window is then a child
+of the widget named
+.QW \fIwidget\fB._Busy\fR
+where \fIwidget\fR is the name of the toplevel widget. In the following
+example, the pathname of the busy window is
+.QW \fB._Busy\fR .
+.PP
.CS
-busy hold .
-bind ._Busy <Enter> { ... }
+\fBtk busy\fR hold .
+bind ._Busy <Enter> { ... }
.CE
-.SH ENTER/LEAVE EVENTS
-Mapping and unmapping busy windows generates Enter/Leave events for
-all widgets they cover. Please note this if you are tracking
-Enter/Leave events in widgets.
-.SH KEYBOARD EVENTS
-When a widget is made busy, the widget is prevented from gaining the
-keyboard focus by the busy window. But if the widget already had
-focus, it still may received keyboard events. To prevent this, you
-must move focus to another window.
+.SS "ENTER/LEAVE EVENTS"
+.PP
+Mapping and unmapping busy windows generates Enter/Leave events for all
+widgets they cover. Please note this if you are tracking Enter/Leave events in
+widgets.
+.SS "KEYBOARD EVENTS"
+.PP
+When a widget is made busy, the widget is prevented from gaining the keyboard
+focus by the busy window. But if the widget already had focus, it still may
+received keyboard events. To prevent this, you must move focus to another
+window.
+.PP
.CS
-busy hold .frame
+\fBtk busy\fR hold .frame
label .dummy
focus .dummy
update
.CE
-The above example moves the focus from .frame immediately after
-invoking the \fBhold\fR so that no keyboard events will be sent to
-\fB.frame\fR or any of its descendants.
+.PP
+The above example moves the focus from .frame immediately after invoking the
+\fBhold\fR so that no keyboard events will be sent to \fB.frame\fR or any of
+its descendants.
+.SH PORTABILITY
+.PP
+Note that the \fBtk busy\fR command does not currently have any effect on OSX
+when Tk is built using Aqua support.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+grab(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
-busy, keyboard events, pointer events, window, cursor
-
-
+busy, keyboard events, pointer events, window
+'\" Local Variables:
+'\" mode: nroff
+'\" End:
--- /dev/null
+.TH CJPEG 1 "28 April 2019"
+.SH NAME
+cjpeg \- compress an image file to a JPEG file
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B cjpeg
+[
+.I options
+]
+[
+.I filename
+]
+.LP
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.LP
+.B cjpeg
+compresses the named image file, or the standard input if no file is
+named, and produces a JPEG/JFIF file on the standard output.
+The currently supported input file formats are: PPM (PBMPLUS color
+format), PGM (PBMPLUS grayscale format), BMP, GIF, Targa, and RLE (Utah Raster
+Toolkit format). (RLE is supported only if the URT library is available,
+which it isn't on most non-Unix systems.)
+.SH OPTIONS
+All switch names may be abbreviated; for example,
+.B \-grayscale
+may be written
+.B \-gray
+or
+.BR \-gr .
+Most of the "basic" switches can be abbreviated to as little as one letter.
+Upper and lower case are equivalent (thus
+.B \-BMP
+is the same as
+.BR \-bmp ).
+British spellings are also accepted (e.g.,
+.BR \-greyscale ),
+though for brevity these are not mentioned below.
+.PP
+The basic switches are:
+.TP
+.BI \-quality " N[,...]"
+Scale quantization tables to adjust image quality. Quality is 0 (worst) to
+100 (best); default is 75. (See below for more info.)
+.TP
+.B \-grayscale
+Create monochrome JPEG file from color input. Be sure to use this switch when
+compressing a grayscale BMP or GIF file, because
+.B cjpeg
+isn't bright enough to notice whether a BMP or GIF file uses only shades of
+gray. By saying
+.BR \-grayscale ,
+you'll get a smaller JPEG file that takes less time to process.
+.TP
+.B \-rgb
+Create RGB JPEG file.
+Using this switch suppresses the conversion from RGB
+colorspace input to the default YCbCr JPEG colorspace.
+You can use this switch in combination with the
+.BI \-block " N"
+switch (see below) for lossless JPEG coding.
+See also the
+.B \-rgb1
+switch below.
+.TP
+.B \-optimize
+Perform optimization of entropy encoding parameters. Without this, default
+encoding parameters are used.
+.B \-optimize
+usually makes the JPEG file a little smaller, but
+.B cjpeg
+runs somewhat slower and needs much more memory. Image quality and speed of
+decompression are unaffected by
+.BR \-optimize .
+.TP
+.B \-progressive
+Create progressive JPEG file (see below).
+.TP
+.BI \-scale " M/N"
+Scale the output image by a factor M/N. Currently supported scale factors are
+M/N with all N from 1 to 16, where M is the destination DCT size, which is 8
+by default (see
+.BI \-block " N"
+switch below).
+.TP
+.B \-targa
+Input file is Targa format. Targa files that contain an "identification"
+field will not be automatically recognized by
+.BR cjpeg ;
+for such files you must specify
+.B \-targa
+to make
+.B cjpeg
+treat the input as Targa format.
+For most Targa files, you won't need this switch.
+.PP
+The
+.B \-quality
+switch lets you trade off compressed file size against quality of the
+reconstructed image: the higher the quality setting, the larger the JPEG file,
+and the closer the output image will be to the original input. Normally you
+want to use the lowest quality setting (smallest file) that decompresses into
+something visually indistinguishable from the original image. For this
+purpose the quality setting should be between 50 and 95; the default of 75 is
+often about right. If you see defects at
+.B \-quality
+75, then go up 5 or 10 counts at a time until you are happy with the output
+image. (The optimal setting will vary from one image to another.)
+.PP
+.B \-quality
+100 will generate a quantization table of all 1's, minimizing loss in the
+quantization step (but there is still information loss in subsampling, as well
+as roundoff error). This setting is mainly of interest for experimental
+purposes. Quality values above about 95 are
+.B not
+recommended for normal use; the compressed file size goes up dramatically for
+hardly any gain in output image quality.
+.PP
+In the other direction, quality values below 50 will produce very small files
+of low image quality. Settings around 5 to 10 might be useful in preparing an
+index of a large image library, for example. Try
+.B \-quality
+2 (or so) for some amusing Cubist effects. (Note: quality
+values below about 25 generate 2-byte quantization tables, which are
+considered optional in the JPEG standard.
+.B cjpeg
+emits a warning message when you give such a quality value, because some
+other JPEG programs may be unable to decode the resulting file. Use
+.B \-baseline
+if you need to ensure compatibility at low quality values.)
+.PP
+The
+.B \-quality
+option has been extended in IJG version 7 for support of separate quality
+settings for luminance and chrominance (or in general, for every provided
+quantization table slot). This feature is useful for high-quality
+applications which cannot accept the damage of color data by coarse
+subsampling settings. You can now easily reduce the color data amount more
+smoothly with finer control without separate subsampling. The resulting file
+is fully compliant with standard JPEG decoders.
+Note that the
+.B \-quality
+ratings refer to the quantization table slots, and that the last value is
+replicated if there are more q-table slots than parameters. The default
+q-table slots are 0 for luminance and 1 for chrominance with default tables as
+given in the JPEG standard. This is compatible with the old behaviour in case
+that only one parameter is given, which is then used for both luminance and
+chrominance (slots 0 and 1). More or custom quantization tables can be set
+with
+.B \-qtables
+and assigned to components with
+.B \-qslots
+parameter (see the "wizard" switches below).
+.B Caution:
+You must explicitly add
+.BI \-sample " 1x1"
+for efficient separate color
+quality selection, since the default value used by library is 2x2!
+.PP
+The
+.B \-progressive
+switch creates a "progressive JPEG" file. In this type of JPEG file, the data
+is stored in multiple scans of increasing quality. If the file is being
+transmitted over a slow communications link, the decoder can use the first
+scan to display a low-quality image very quickly, and can then improve the
+display with each subsequent scan. The final image is exactly equivalent to a
+standard JPEG file of the same quality setting, and the total file size is
+about the same --- often a little smaller.
+.PP
+Switches for advanced users:
+.TP
+.B \-arithmetic
+Use arithmetic coding.
+.B Caution:
+arithmetic coded JPEG is not yet widely implemented, so many decoders will
+be unable to view an arithmetic coded JPEG file at all.
+.TP
+.BI \-block " N"
+Set DCT block size. All N from 1 to 16 are possible.
+Default is 8 (baseline format).
+Larger values produce higher compression,
+smaller values produce higher quality
+(exact DCT stage possible with 1 or 2; with the default quality of 75 and
+default Luminance qtable the DCT+Quantization stage is lossless for N=1).
+.B Caution:
+An implementation of the JPEG SmartScale extension is required for this
+feature. SmartScale enabled JPEG is not yet widely implemented, so many
+decoders will be unable to view a SmartScale extended JPEG file at all.
+.TP
+.B \-rgb1
+Create RGB JPEG file with reversible color transform.
+Works like the
+.B \-rgb
+switch (see above) and inserts a simple reversible color transform
+into the processing which significantly improves the compression.
+Use this switch in combination with the
+.BI \-block " N"
+switch (see above) for lossless JPEG coding.
+.B Caution:
+A decoder with inverse color transform support is required for
+this feature. Reversible color transform support is not yet
+widely implemented, so many decoders will be unable to view
+a reversible color transformed JPEG file at all.
+.TP
+.B \-bgycc
+Create big gamut YCC JPEG file.
+In this type of encoding the color difference components are quantized
+further by a factor of 2 compared to the normal Cb/Cr values, thus creating
+space to allow larger color values with higher saturation than the normal
+gamut limits to be encoded. In order to compensate for the loss of color
+fidelity compared to a normal YCC encoded file, the color quantization
+tables can be adjusted accordingly. For example,
+.B cjpeg \-bgycc \-quality
+80,90 will give similar results as
+.B cjpeg \-quality
+80.
+.B Caution:
+For correct decompression a decoder with big gamut YCC support (JFIF
+version 2) is required. An old decoder may or may not display a big
+gamut YCC encoded JPEG file, depending on JFIF version check and
+corresponding warning/error configuration. In case of a granted
+decompression the old decoder will display the image with half
+saturated colors.
+.TP
+.B \-dct int
+Use integer DCT method (default).
+.TP
+.B \-dct fast
+Use fast integer DCT (less accurate).
+.TP
+.B \-dct float
+Use floating-point DCT method.
+The float method is very slightly more accurate than the int method, but is
+much slower unless your machine has very fast floating-point hardware. Also
+note that results of the floating-point method may vary slightly across
+machines, while the integer methods should give the same results everywhere.
+The fast integer method is much less accurate than the other two.
+.TP
+.B \-nosmooth
+Don't use high-quality downsampling.
+.TP
+.BI \-restart " N"
+Emit a JPEG restart marker every N MCU rows, or every N MCU blocks if "B" is
+attached to the number.
+.B \-restart 0
+(the default) means no restart markers.
+.TP
+.BI \-smooth " N"
+Smooth the input image to eliminate dithering noise. N, ranging from 1 to
+100, indicates the strength of smoothing. 0 (the default) means no smoothing.
+.TP
+.BI \-maxmemory " N"
+Set limit for amount of memory to use in processing large images. Value is
+in thousands of bytes, or millions of bytes if "M" is attached to the
+number. For example,
+.B \-max 4m
+selects 4000000 bytes. If more space is needed, temporary files will be used.
+.TP
+.BI \-outfile " name"
+Send output image to the named file, not to standard output.
+.TP
+.B \-verbose
+Enable debug printout. More
+.BR \-v 's
+give more output. Also, version information is printed at startup.
+.TP
+.B \-debug
+Same as
+.BR \-verbose .
+.PP
+The
+.B \-restart
+option inserts extra markers that allow a JPEG decoder to resynchronize after
+a transmission error. Without restart markers, any damage to a compressed
+file will usually ruin the image from the point of the error to the end of the
+image; with restart markers, the damage is usually confined to the portion of
+the image up to the next restart marker. Of course, the restart markers
+occupy extra space. We recommend
+.B \-restart 1
+for images that will be transmitted across unreliable networks such as Usenet.
+.PP
+The
+.B \-smooth
+option filters the input to eliminate fine-scale noise. This is often useful
+when converting dithered images to JPEG: a moderate smoothing factor of 10 to
+50 gets rid of dithering patterns in the input file, resulting in a smaller
+JPEG file and a better-looking image. Too large a smoothing factor will
+visibly blur the image, however.
+.PP
+Switches for wizards:
+.TP
+.B \-baseline
+Force baseline-compatible quantization tables to be generated. This clamps
+quantization values to 8 bits even at low quality settings. (This switch is
+poorly named, since it does not ensure that the output is actually baseline
+JPEG. For example, you can use
+.B \-baseline
+and
+.B \-progressive
+together.)
+.TP
+.BI \-qtables " file"
+Use the quantization tables given in the specified text file.
+.TP
+.BI \-qslots " N[,...]"
+Select which quantization table to use for each color component.
+.TP
+.BI \-sample " HxV[,...]"
+Set JPEG sampling factors for each color component.
+.TP
+.BI \-scans " file"
+Use the scan script given in the specified text file.
+.PP
+The "wizard" switches are intended for experimentation with JPEG. If you
+don't know what you are doing, \fBdon't use them\fR. These switches are
+documented further in the file wizard.txt.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.LP
+This example compresses the PPM file foo.ppm with a quality factor of
+60 and saves the output as foo.jpg:
+.IP
+.B cjpeg \-quality
+.I 60 foo.ppm
+.B >
+.I foo.jpg
+.SH HINTS
+Color GIF files are not the ideal input for JPEG; JPEG is really intended for
+compressing full-color (24-bit) images. In particular, don't try to convert
+cartoons, line drawings, and other images that have only a few distinct
+colors. GIF works great on these, JPEG does not. If you want to convert a
+GIF to JPEG, you should experiment with
+.BR cjpeg 's
+.B \-quality
+and
+.B \-smooth
+options to get a satisfactory conversion.
+.B \-smooth 10
+or so is often helpful.
+.PP
+Avoid running an image through a series of JPEG compression/decompression
+cycles. Image quality loss will accumulate; after ten or so cycles the image
+may be noticeably worse than it was after one cycle. It's best to use a
+lossless format while manipulating an image, then convert to JPEG format when
+you are ready to file the image away.
+.PP
+The
+.B \-optimize
+option to
+.B cjpeg
+is worth using when you are making a "final" version for posting or archiving.
+It's also a win when you are using low quality settings to make very small
+JPEG files; the percentage improvement is often a lot more than it is on
+larger files. (At present,
+.B \-optimize
+mode is always selected when generating progressive JPEG files.)
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+.TP
+.B JPEGMEM
+If this environment variable is set, its value is the default memory limit.
+The value is specified as described for the
+.B \-maxmemory
+switch.
+.B JPEGMEM
+overrides the default value specified when the program was compiled, and
+itself is overridden by an explicit
+.BR \-maxmemory .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR djpeg (1),
+.BR jpegtran (1),
+.BR rdjpgcom (1),
+.BR wrjpgcom (1)
+.br
+.BR ppm (5),
+.BR pgm (5)
+.br
+Wallace, Gregory K. "The JPEG Still Picture Compression Standard",
+Communications of the ACM, April 1991 (vol. 34, no. 4), pp. 30-44.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Independent JPEG Group
+.SH BUGS
+Not all variants of BMP and Targa file formats are supported.
+.PP
+The
+.B \-targa
+switch is not a bug, it's a feature. (It would be a bug if the Targa format
+designers had not been clueless.)
--- /dev/null
+.TH DJPEG 1 "28 April 2019"
+.SH NAME
+djpeg \- decompress a JPEG file to an image file
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B djpeg
+[
+.I options
+]
+[
+.I filename
+]
+.LP
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.LP
+.B djpeg
+decompresses the named JPEG file, or the standard input if no file is named,
+and produces an image file on the standard output. PBMPLUS (PPM/PGM), BMP,
+GIF, Targa, or RLE (Utah Raster Toolkit) output format can be selected.
+(RLE is supported only if the URT library is available, which it isn't
+on most non-Unix systems.)
+.SH OPTIONS
+All switch names may be abbreviated; for example,
+.B \-grayscale
+may be written
+.B \-gray
+or
+.BR \-gr .
+Most of the "basic" switches can be abbreviated to as little as one letter.
+Upper and lower case are equivalent (thus
+.B \-BMP
+is the same as
+.BR \-bmp ).
+British spellings are also accepted (e.g.,
+.BR \-greyscale ),
+though for brevity these are not mentioned below.
+.PP
+The basic switches are:
+.TP
+.BI \-colors " N"
+Reduce image to at most N colors. This reduces the number of colors used in
+the output image, so that it can be displayed on a colormapped display or
+stored in a colormapped file format. For example, if you have an 8-bit
+display, you'd need to reduce to 256 or fewer colors.
+.TP
+.BI \-quantize " N"
+Same as
+.BR \-colors .
+.B \-colors
+is the recommended name,
+.B \-quantize
+is provided only for backwards compatibility.
+.TP
+.B \-fast
+Select recommended processing options for fast, low quality output. (The
+default options are chosen for highest quality output.) Currently, this is
+equivalent to \fB\-dct fast \-nosmooth \-onepass \-dither ordered\fR.
+.TP
+.B \-grayscale
+Force grayscale output even if JPEG file is color.
+Useful for viewing on monochrome displays; also,
+.B djpeg
+runs noticeably faster in this mode.
+.TP
+.B \-rgb
+Force RGB output even if JPEG file is grayscale.
+This is provided to support applications that don't
+want to cope with grayscale as a separate case.
+.TP
+.BI \-scale " M/N"
+Scale the output image by a factor M/N. Currently supported scale factors are
+M/N with all M from 1 to 16, where N is the source DCT size, which is 8 for
+baseline JPEG. If the /N part is omitted, then M specifies the DCT scaled
+size to be applied on the given input. For baseline JPEG this is equivalent
+to M/8 scaling, since the source DCT size for baseline JPEG is 8.
+Scaling is handy if the image is larger than your screen; also,
+.B djpeg
+runs much faster when scaling down the output.
+.TP
+.B \-bmp
+Select BMP output format (Windows flavor).
+8-bit colormapped format is emitted if
+.B \-colors
+or
+.B \-grayscale
+is specified, or if the JPEG file is grayscale; otherwise, 24-bit full-color
+format is emitted.
+.TP
+.B \-gif
+Select GIF output format (LZW compressed).
+Since GIF does not support more than 256 colors,
+.B \-colors 256
+is assumed (unless you specify a smaller number of colors). If you specify
+.BR \-fast ,
+the default number of colors is 216.
+.TP
+.B \-gif0
+Select GIF output format (uncompressed).
+Since GIF does not support more than 256 colors,
+.B \-colors 256
+is assumed (unless you specify a smaller number of colors). If you specify
+.BR \-fast ,
+the default number of colors is 216.
+.TP
+.B \-os2
+Select BMP output format (OS/2 1.x flavor).
+8-bit colormapped format is emitted if
+.B \-colors
+or
+.B \-grayscale
+is specified, or if the JPEG file is grayscale; otherwise, 24-bit full-color
+format is emitted.
+.TP
+.B \-pnm
+Select PBMPLUS (PPM/PGM) output format (this is the default format).
+PGM is emitted if the JPEG file is grayscale or if
+.B \-grayscale
+is specified; otherwise PPM is emitted.
+.TP
+.B \-rle
+Select RLE output format. (Requires URT library.)
+.TP
+.B \-targa
+Select Targa output format. Grayscale format is emitted if the JPEG file is
+grayscale or if
+.B \-grayscale
+is specified; otherwise, colormapped format is emitted if
+.B \-colors
+is specified; otherwise, 24-bit full-color format is emitted.
+.PP
+Switches for advanced users:
+.TP
+.B \-dct int
+Use integer DCT method (default).
+.TP
+.B \-dct fast
+Use fast integer DCT (less accurate).
+.TP
+.B \-dct float
+Use floating-point DCT method.
+The float method is very slightly more accurate than the int method, but is
+much slower unless your machine has very fast floating-point hardware. Also
+note that results of the floating-point method may vary slightly across
+machines, while the integer methods should give the same results everywhere.
+The fast integer method is much less accurate than the other two.
+.TP
+.B \-dither fs
+Use Floyd-Steinberg dithering in color quantization.
+.TP
+.B \-dither ordered
+Use ordered dithering in color quantization.
+.TP
+.B \-dither none
+Do not use dithering in color quantization.
+By default, Floyd-Steinberg dithering is applied when quantizing colors; this
+is slow but usually produces the best results. Ordered dither is a compromise
+between speed and quality; no dithering is fast but usually looks awful. Note
+that these switches have no effect unless color quantization is being done.
+Ordered dither is only available in
+.B \-onepass
+mode.
+.TP
+.BI \-map " file"
+Quantize to the colors used in the specified image file. This is useful for
+producing multiple files with identical color maps, or for forcing a
+predefined set of colors to be used. The
+.I file
+must be a GIF or PPM file. This option overrides
+.B \-colors
+and
+.BR \-onepass .
+.TP
+.B \-nosmooth
+Don't use high-quality upsampling.
+.TP
+.B \-onepass
+Use one-pass instead of two-pass color quantization. The one-pass method is
+faster and needs less memory, but it produces a lower-quality image.
+.B \-onepass
+is ignored unless you also say
+.B \-colors
+.IR N .
+Also, the one-pass method is always used for grayscale output (the two-pass
+method is no improvement then).
+.TP
+.BI \-maxmemory " N"
+Set limit for amount of memory to use in processing large images. Value is
+in thousands of bytes, or millions of bytes if "M" is attached to the
+number. For example,
+.B \-max 4m
+selects 4000000 bytes. If more space is needed, temporary files will be used.
+.TP
+.BI \-outfile " name"
+Send output image to the named file, not to standard output.
+.TP
+.B \-verbose
+Enable debug printout. More
+.BR \-v 's
+give more output. Also, version information is printed at startup.
+.TP
+.B \-debug
+Same as
+.BR \-verbose .
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.LP
+This example decompresses the JPEG file foo.jpg, quantizes it to
+256 colors, and saves the output in 8-bit BMP format in foo.bmp:
+.IP
+.B djpeg \-colors 256 \-bmp
+.I foo.jpg
+.B >
+.I foo.bmp
+.SH HINTS
+To get a quick preview of an image, use the
+.B \-grayscale
+and/or
+.B \-scale
+switches.
+.B \-grayscale \-scale 1/8
+is the fastest case.
+.PP
+Several options are available that trade off image quality to gain speed.
+.B \-fast
+turns on the recommended settings.
+.PP
+.B \-dct fast
+and/or
+.B \-nosmooth
+gain speed at a small sacrifice in quality.
+When producing a color-quantized image,
+.B \-onepass \-dither ordered
+is fast but much lower quality than the default behavior.
+.B \-dither none
+may give acceptable results in two-pass mode, but is seldom tolerable in
+one-pass mode.
+.PP
+If you are fortunate enough to have very fast floating point hardware,
+\fB\-dct float\fR may be even faster than \fB\-dct fast\fR. But on most
+machines \fB\-dct float\fR is slower than \fB\-dct int\fR; in this case it is
+not worth using, because its theoretical accuracy advantage is too small to be
+significant in practice.
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+.TP
+.B JPEGMEM
+If this environment variable is set, its value is the default memory limit.
+The value is specified as described for the
+.B \-maxmemory
+switch.
+.B JPEGMEM
+overrides the default value specified when the program was compiled, and
+itself is overridden by an explicit
+.BR \-maxmemory .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cjpeg (1),
+.BR jpegtran (1),
+.BR rdjpgcom (1),
+.BR wrjpgcom (1)
+.br
+.BR ppm (5),
+.BR pgm (5)
+.br
+Wallace, Gregory K. "The JPEG Still Picture Compression Standard",
+Communications of the ACM, April 1991 (vol. 34, no. 4), pp. 30-44.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Independent JPEG Group
--- /dev/null
+.TH JPEGTRAN 1 "28 August 2019"
+.SH NAME
+jpegtran \- lossless transformation of JPEG files
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B jpegtran
+[
+.I options
+]
+[
+.I filename
+]
+.LP
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.LP
+.B jpegtran
+performs various useful transformations of JPEG files.
+It can translate the coded representation from one variant of JPEG to another,
+for example from baseline JPEG to progressive JPEG or vice versa. It can also
+perform some rearrangements of the image data, for example turning an image
+from landscape to portrait format by rotation.
+.PP
+For EXIF files and JPEG files containing Exif data, you may prefer to use
+.B exiftran
+instead.
+.PP
+.B jpegtran
+works by rearranging the compressed data (DCT coefficients), without
+ever fully decoding the image. Therefore, its transformations are lossless:
+there is no image degradation at all, which would not be true if you used
+.B djpeg
+followed by
+.B cjpeg
+to accomplish the same conversion. But by the same token,
+.B jpegtran
+cannot perform lossy operations such as changing the image quality. However,
+while the image data is losslessly transformed, metadata can be removed. See
+the
+.B \-copy
+option for specifics.
+.PP
+.B jpegtran
+reads the named JPEG/JFIF file, or the standard input if no file is
+named, and produces a JPEG/JFIF file on the standard output.
+.SH OPTIONS
+All switch names may be abbreviated; for example,
+.B \-optimize
+may be written
+.B \-opt
+or
+.BR \-o .
+Upper and lower case are equivalent.
+British spellings are also accepted (e.g.,
+.BR \-optimise ),
+though for brevity these are not mentioned below.
+.PP
+To specify the coded JPEG representation used in the output file,
+.B jpegtran
+accepts a subset of the switches recognized by
+.BR cjpeg :
+.TP
+.B \-optimize
+Perform optimization of entropy encoding parameters.
+.TP
+.B \-progressive
+Create progressive JPEG file.
+.TP
+.BI \-restart " N"
+Emit a JPEG restart marker every N MCU rows, or every N MCU blocks if "B" is
+attached to the number.
+.TP
+.B \-arithmetic
+Use arithmetic coding.
+.TP
+.BI \-scans " file"
+Use the scan script given in the specified text file.
+.PP
+See
+.BR cjpeg (1)
+for more details about these switches.
+If you specify none of these switches, you get a plain baseline-JPEG output
+file. The quality setting and so forth are determined by the input file.
+.PP
+The image can be losslessly transformed by giving one of these switches:
+.TP
+.B \-flip horizontal
+Mirror image horizontally (left-right).
+.TP
+.B \-flip vertical
+Mirror image vertically (top-bottom).
+.TP
+.B \-rotate 90
+Rotate image 90 degrees clockwise.
+.TP
+.B \-rotate 180
+Rotate image 180 degrees.
+.TP
+.B \-rotate 270
+Rotate image 270 degrees clockwise (or 90 ccw).
+.TP
+.B \-transpose
+Transpose image (across UL-to-LR axis).
+.TP
+.B \-transverse
+Transverse transpose (across UR-to-LL axis).
+.IP
+The transpose transformation has no restrictions regarding image dimensions.
+The other transformations operate rather oddly if the image dimensions are not
+a multiple of the iMCU size (usually 8 or 16 pixels), because they can only
+transform complete blocks of DCT coefficient data in the desired way.
+.IP
+.BR jpegtran 's
+default behavior when transforming an odd-size image is designed
+to preserve exact reversibility and mathematical consistency of the
+transformation set. As stated, transpose is able to flip the entire image
+area. Horizontal mirroring leaves any partial iMCU column at the right edge
+untouched, but is able to flip all rows of the image. Similarly, vertical
+mirroring leaves any partial iMCU row at the bottom edge untouched, but is
+able to flip all columns. The other transforms can be built up as sequences
+of transpose and flip operations; for consistency, their actions on edge
+pixels are defined to be the same as the end result of the corresponding
+transpose-and-flip sequence.
+.IP
+For practical use, you may prefer to discard any untransformable edge pixels
+rather than having a strange-looking strip along the right and/or bottom edges
+of a transformed image. To do this, add the
+.B \-trim
+switch:
+.TP
+.B \-trim
+Drop non-transformable edge blocks.
+.IP
+Obviously, a transformation with
+.B \-trim
+is not reversible, so strictly speaking
+.B jpegtran
+with this switch is not lossless. Also, the expected mathematical
+equivalences between the transformations no longer hold. For example,
+.B \-rot 270 -trim
+trims only the bottom edge, but
+.B \-rot 90 -trim
+followed by
+.B \-rot 180 -trim
+trims both edges.
+.IP
+If you are only interested in perfect transformation, add the
+.B \-perfect
+switch:
+.TP
+.B \-perfect
+Fails with an error if the transformation is not perfect.
+.IP
+For example you may want to do
+.IP
+.B (jpegtran \-rot 90 -perfect
+.I foo.jpg
+.B || djpeg
+.I foo.jpg
+.B | pnmflip \-r90 | cjpeg)
+.IP
+to do a perfect rotation if available or an approximated one if not.
+.PP
+We also offer a lossless-crop option, which discards data outside a given
+image region but losslessly preserves what is inside. Like the rotate and
+flip transforms, lossless crop is restricted by the current JPEG format: the
+upper left corner of the selected region must fall on an iMCU boundary. If
+this does not hold for the given crop parameters, we silently move the upper
+left corner up and/or left to make it so, simultaneously increasing the
+region dimensions to keep the lower right crop corner unchanged. (Thus, the
+output image covers at least the requested region, but may cover more.)
+The adjustment of the region dimensions may be optionally disabled by
+attaching an 'f' character ("force") to the width or height number.
+.PP
+The image can be losslessly cropped by giving the switch:
+.TP
+.B \-crop WxH+X+Y
+Crop to a rectangular subarea of width W, height H starting at point X,Y.
+.PP
+Crop extension: The width or height parameters can be made larger than the
+source image. In this case the extra area is filled in with zero (neutral
+gray). A larger width parameter has two more options: Attaching an 'f'
+character ("flatten") to the width number will fill in the extra area with
+the DC of the adjacent block, instead of gray out. Attaching an 'r'
+character ("reflect") to the width number will fill in the extra area with
+repeated reflections of the source region, instead of gray out.
+.PP
+A complementary lossless-wipe option is provided to discard (gray out) data
+inside a given image region while losslessly preserving what is outside:
+.TP
+.B \-wipe WxH+X+Y
+Wipe (gray out) a rectangular subarea of width W, height H starting at point
+X,Y.
+.PP
+Attaching an 'f' character ("flatten") to the width number will fill the
+region with the average of adjacent blocks, instead of gray out. In case
+the wipe region and outside area form two horizontally adjacent rectangles,
+attaching an 'r' character ("reflect") to the width number will fill the
+region with repeated reflections of the outside area, instead of gray out.
+.PP
+Another option is lossless-drop, which replaces data at a given image
+position by another image:
+.TP
+.B \-drop +X+Y filename
+Drop another image
+.PP
+Both source images must have the same subsampling values. It is best if
+they also have the same quantization, otherwise quantization adaption occurs.
+The trim option can be used with the drop option to requantize the drop file
+to the source file.
+.PP
+Other not-strictly-lossless transformation switches are:
+.TP
+.B \-grayscale
+Force grayscale output.
+.IP
+This option discards the chrominance channels if the input image is YCbCr
+(ie, a standard color JPEG), resulting in a grayscale JPEG file. The
+luminance channel is preserved exactly, so this is a better method of reducing
+to grayscale than decompression, conversion, and recompression. This switch
+is particularly handy for fixing a monochrome picture that was mistakenly
+encoded as a color JPEG. (In such a case, the space savings from getting rid
+of the near-empty chroma channels won't be large; but the decoding time for
+a grayscale JPEG is substantially less than that for a color JPEG.)
+.TP
+.BI \-scale " M/N"
+Scale the output image by a factor M/N.
+.IP
+Currently supported scale factors are M/N with all M from 1 to 16, where N is
+the source DCT size, which is 8 for baseline JPEG. If the /N part is omitted,
+then M specifies the DCT scaled size to be applied on the given input. For
+baseline JPEG this is equivalent to M/8 scaling, since the source DCT size
+for baseline JPEG is 8.
+.B Caution:
+An implementation of the JPEG SmartScale extension is required for this
+feature. SmartScale enabled JPEG is not yet widely implemented, so many
+decoders will be unable to view a SmartScale extended JPEG file at all.
+.PP
+.B jpegtran
+also recognizes these switches that control what to do with "extra" markers,
+such as comment blocks:
+.TP
+.B \-copy none
+Copy no extra markers from source file. This setting suppresses all
+comments and other metadata in the source file.
+.TP
+.B \-copy comments
+Copy only comment markers. This setting copies comments from the source file,
+but discards any other metadata.
+.TP
+.B \-copy all
+Copy all extra markers. This setting preserves metadata
+found in the source file, such as JFIF thumbnails, Exif data, and Photoshop
+settings. In some files these extra markers can be sizable. Note that this
+option will copy thumbnails as-is; they will not be transformed.
+.IP
+The default behavior is
+.BR "\-copy comments" .
+(Note: in IJG releases v6 and v6a,
+.B jpegtran
+always did the equivalent of
+.BR "\-copy none" .)
+.PP
+Additional switches recognized by jpegtran are:
+.TP
+.BI \-maxmemory " N"
+Set limit for amount of memory to use in processing large images. Value is
+in thousands of bytes, or millions of bytes if "M" is attached to the
+number. For example,
+.B \-max 4m
+selects 4000000 bytes. If more space is needed, temporary files will be used.
+.TP
+.BI \-outfile " name"
+Send output image to the named file, not to standard output.
+.TP
+.B \-verbose
+Enable debug printout. More
+.BR \-v 's
+give more output. Also, version information is printed at startup.
+.TP
+.B \-debug
+Same as
+.BR \-verbose .
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.LP
+This example converts a baseline JPEG file to progressive form:
+.IP
+.B jpegtran \-progressive
+.I foo.jpg
+.B >
+.I fooprog.jpg
+.PP
+This example rotates an image 90 degrees clockwise, discarding any
+unrotatable edge pixels:
+.IP
+.B jpegtran \-rot 90 -trim
+.I foo.jpg
+.B >
+.I foo90.jpg
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+.TP
+.B JPEGMEM
+If this environment variable is set, its value is the default memory limit.
+The value is specified as described for the
+.B \-maxmemory
+switch.
+.B JPEGMEM
+overrides the default value specified when the program was compiled, and
+itself is overridden by an explicit
+.BR \-maxmemory .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cjpeg (1),
+.BR djpeg (1),
+.BR rdjpgcom (1),
+.BR wrjpgcom (1)
+.br
+Wallace, Gregory K. "The JPEG Still Picture Compression Standard",
+Communications of the ACM, April 1991 (vol. 34, no. 4), pp. 30-44.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Independent JPEG Group
+.SH BUGS
+The transform options can't transform odd-size images perfectly. Use
+.B \-trim
+or
+.B \-perfect
+if you don't like the results.
+.PP
+The entire image is read into memory and then written out again, even in
+cases where this isn't really necessary. Expect swapping on large images,
+especially when using the more complex transform options.
--- /dev/null
+.TH RDJPGCOM 1 "13 September 2013"
+.SH NAME
+rdjpgcom \- display text comments from a JPEG file
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B rdjpgcom
+[
+.B \-raw
+]
+[
+.B \-verbose
+]
+[
+.I filename
+]
+.LP
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.LP
+.B rdjpgcom
+reads the named JPEG/JFIF file, or the standard input if no file is named,
+and prints any text comments found in the file on the standard output.
+.PP
+The JPEG standard allows "comment" (COM) blocks to occur within a JPEG file.
+Although the standard doesn't actually define what COM blocks are for, they
+are widely used to hold user-supplied text strings. This lets you add
+annotations, titles, index terms, etc to your JPEG files, and later retrieve
+them as text. COM blocks do not interfere with the image stored in the JPEG
+file. The maximum size of a COM block is 64K, but you can have as many of
+them as you like in one JPEG file.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.B \-raw
+Normally
+.B rdjpgcom
+escapes non-printable characters in comments, for security reasons.
+This option avoids that.
+.PP
+.B \-verbose
+Causes
+.B rdjpgcom
+to also display the JPEG image dimensions.
+.PP
+Switch names may be abbreviated, and are not case sensitive.
+.SH HINTS
+.B rdjpgcom
+does not depend on the IJG JPEG library. Its source code is intended as an
+illustration of the minimum amount of code required to parse a JPEG file
+header correctly.
+.PP
+In
+.B \-verbose
+mode,
+.B rdjpgcom
+will also attempt to print the contents of any "APP12" markers as text.
+Some digital cameras produce APP12 markers containing useful textual
+information. If you like, you can modify the source code to print
+other APPn marker types as well.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cjpeg (1),
+.BR djpeg (1),
+.BR jpegtran (1),
+.BR wrjpgcom (1)
+.SH AUTHOR
+Independent JPEG Group
--- /dev/null
+.TH WRJPGCOM 1 "15 June 1995"
+.SH NAME
+wrjpgcom \- insert text comments into a JPEG file
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B wrjpgcom
+[
+.B \-replace
+]
+[
+.BI \-comment " text"
+]
+[
+.BI \-cfile " name"
+]
+[
+.I filename
+]
+.LP
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.LP
+.B wrjpgcom
+reads the named JPEG/JFIF file, or the standard input if no file is named,
+and generates a new JPEG/JFIF file on standard output. A comment block is
+added to the file.
+.PP
+The JPEG standard allows "comment" (COM) blocks to occur within a JPEG file.
+Although the standard doesn't actually define what COM blocks are for, they
+are widely used to hold user-supplied text strings. This lets you add
+annotations, titles, index terms, etc to your JPEG files, and later retrieve
+them as text. COM blocks do not interfere with the image stored in the JPEG
+file. The maximum size of a COM block is 64K, but you can have as many of
+them as you like in one JPEG file.
+.PP
+.B wrjpgcom
+adds a COM block, containing text you provide, to a JPEG file.
+Ordinarily, the COM block is added after any existing COM blocks; but you
+can delete the old COM blocks if you wish.
+.SH OPTIONS
+Switch names may be abbreviated, and are not case sensitive.
+.TP
+.B \-replace
+Delete any existing COM blocks from the file.
+.TP
+.BI \-comment " text"
+Supply text for new COM block on command line.
+.TP
+.BI \-cfile " name"
+Read text for new COM block from named file.
+.PP
+If you have only one line of comment text to add, you can provide it on the
+command line with
+.BR \-comment .
+The comment text must be surrounded with quotes so that it is treated as a
+single argument. Longer comments can be read from a text file.
+.PP
+If you give neither
+.B \-comment
+nor
+.BR \-cfile ,
+then
+.B wrjpgcom
+will read the comment text from standard input. (In this case an input image
+file name MUST be supplied, so that the source JPEG file comes from somewhere
+else.) You can enter multiple lines, up to 64KB worth. Type an end-of-file
+indicator (usually control-D) to terminate the comment text entry.
+.PP
+.B wrjpgcom
+will not add a COM block if the provided comment string is empty. Therefore
+\fB\-replace \-comment ""\fR can be used to delete all COM blocks from a file.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.LP
+Add a short comment to in.jpg, producing out.jpg:
+.IP
+.B wrjpgcom \-c
+\fI"View of my back yard" in.jpg
+.B >
+.I out.jpg
+.PP
+Attach a long comment previously stored in comment.txt:
+.IP
+.B wrjpgcom
+.I in.jpg
+.B <
+.I comment.txt
+.B >
+.I out.jpg
+.PP
+or equivalently
+.IP
+.B wrjpgcom
+.B -cfile
+.I comment.txt
+.B <
+.I in.jpg
+.B >
+.I out.jpg
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cjpeg (1),
+.BR djpeg (1),
+.BR jpegtran (1),
+.BR rdjpgcom (1)
+.SH AUTHOR
+Independent JPEG Group
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_sigset_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_uid_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/resource.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/stdint.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/stdint.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/stdint.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/_types/_uint8_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/_types/_uint16_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/secure/_string.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/math.h \
/Users/tacyas/Eos/util/ARM64MAC64/include/tcl.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/stdarg.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/stdarg.h \
/Users/tacyas/Eos/util/ARM64MAC64/include/tclDecls.h \
/Users/tacyas/Eos/util/ARM64MAC64/include/tclPlatDecls.h \
/Users/tacyas/Eos/include/mrcImage.h \
/Users/tacyas/Eos/include/genUtil.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/float.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/float.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/float.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/limits.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/limits.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/limits.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/machine/limits.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/arm/limits.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_fsfilcnt_t.h \
/opt/X11/include/X11/X.h /opt/X11/include/X11/Xfuncproto.h \
/opt/X11/include/X11/Xosdefs.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/stddef.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/__stddef_max_align_t.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/stddef.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/__stddef_max_align_t.h \
/Users/tacyas/Eos/util/ARM64MAC64/include/tkDecls.h \
/Users/tacyas/Eos/util/ARM64MAC64/include/blt.h \
/Users/tacyas/Eos/util/ARM64MAC64/include/bltVector.h \
/Users/tacyas/Eos/util/ARM64MAC64/include/bltHash.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/inttypes.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/inttypes.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/inttypes.h \
/Users/tacyas/Eos/util/ARM64MAC64/include/bltPool.h \
/Users/tacyas/Eos/util/ARM64MAC64/include/bltOldConfig.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_sigset_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_uid_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/resource.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/stdint.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/stdint.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/stdint.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/_types/_uint8_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/_types/_uint16_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/math.h \
../inc/config.h ../inc/../inc/Display2.h \
/Users/tacyas/Eos/include/genUtil.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/float.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/float.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/float.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/limits.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/limits.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/limits.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/machine/limits.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/arm/limits.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_sigset_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_uid_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/resource.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/stdint.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/stdint.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/stdint.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/_types/_uint8_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/_types/_uint16_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/math.h \
../inc/config.h ../inc/../inc/Display2.h \
/Users/tacyas/Eos/include/genUtil.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/float.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/float.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/float.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/limits.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/limits.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/limits.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/machine/limits.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/arm/limits.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_sigset_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_uid_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/resource.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/stdint.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/stdint.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/stdint.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/_types/_uint8_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/_types/_uint16_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_sigset_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_uid_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/resource.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/stdint.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/stdint.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/stdint.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/_types/_uint8_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/_types/_uint16_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_sigset_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_uid_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/resource.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/stdint.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/stdint.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/stdint.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/_types/_uint8_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/_types/_uint16_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/math.h \
../inc/config.h ../inc/../inc/ctfDisplay.h \
/Users/tacyas/Eos/include/genUtil.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/float.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/float.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/float.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/limits.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/limits.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/limits.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/machine/limits.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/arm/limits.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_sigset_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_uid_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/resource.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/stdint.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/stdint.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/stdint.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/_types/_uint8_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/_types/_uint16_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/math.h \
../inc/config.h ../inc/../inc/ctfDisplay.h \
/Users/tacyas/Eos/include/genUtil.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/float.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/float.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/float.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/limits.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/limits.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/limits.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/machine/limits.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/arm/limits.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_sigset_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_uid_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/resource.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/stdint.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/stdint.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/stdint.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/_types/_uint8_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/_types/_uint16_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_sigset_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/_types/_uid_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/sys/resource.h \
- /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/13.1.6/include/stdint.h \
+ /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Toolchains/XcodeDefault.xctoolchain/usr/lib/clang/14.0.0/include/stdint.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/stdint.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/_types/_uint8_t.h \
/Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/usr/include/_types/_uint16_t.h \
OSDN Git Service
